South Lake Tahoe City Council
December 9, 2025

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0516782 Outlet, Rear, 2.50" w/2.50" Plumbing,
Thru Tank, PUC, Additional

REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be One (1) discharge outlet piped to the rear of the hose bed, on right side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel.

Discharge will terminate with 2.50" NST thread. Discharge piping will be schedule 10 304L welded or formed stainless steel and routed through the water tank. 0536635 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH,
PUC, Additional

ADDITIONAL REAR OUTLET ELBOWS
Two (2) discharge outlets 2.50" discharge outlets, located at the rear of the apparatus, will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0516824 Outlet, Front of Hose Bed, 2.50",
PUC

HOSE BED DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be One (1) discharge outlet piped to the front of the hose bed, in the TBD bed.

Plumbing will consist of 2.50" schedule 10 304L welded or formed stainless steel piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. Discharge will terminate with 2.50" NST thread.
0516828 Outlet, Front of Hose Bed, 1.50", w/2"
Piping, PUC

HOSE BED DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be One (1) discharge outlet piped to the front of the hose bed, in the TBD bed.

Plumbing will consist of 2.00" schedule 10 304L welded or formed stainless steel piping along with a 2.00" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. Discharge will terminate with 1.50" NST thread.
0752096 Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00"
Discharges/Inlets, Vinyl Covered
Cable

DISCHARGECAPS/ INLET PLUGS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with vinyl covered cables will be furnished for all discharge outlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets.

Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with vinyl covered cables will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets

1.00" thru 3.00" in size.

The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

Bid #: 946 54 402
0723042 Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T"
Swing Handle

OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position.

The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0753335 Outlet, 3.00" Deluge w/2.50" Valve,
Dual Control, LG HW's, PUC

DELUGE RISER
A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. 3.00" piping will be installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel by a large handwheel control. A 2.50" valve will be provided. The deluge riser will allow flow for 1000 GPM.

DUAL CONTROL
There will be a second large handwheel control, within reach of the deluge appliance operator. 0095958 Deluge Outlet, Special
Height/Location

DELUGE OUTLET SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The deluge gun outlet will be located raised a minimum of 3" to ensure full 360 degree rotation. 0543604 Monitor, Akron 3431 Hi-Riser and 5"
Storz Inlet Grd Base

MONITOR
An Akron Model 3431 Apollo Hi-Riser monitor will be properly installed on the deluge riser. A fixed mounting base and a portable base with one (1) 5.00" Storz inlet will be provided.

A position sensor will be provided on the monitor that will activate the "do not move apparatus" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position.

The monitor will be painted to match the body.
0644410 Nozzle, Akron 5160, 1250 GPM,
Akromatic - Manual

NOZZLE, DELUGE
An Akron Akromatic model 5160 1250 GPM Master Stream Nozzle with 2.50" swivel will be provided. The nozzle will have a range of 250 to 1250 GPM and have a built in stream shaper. 0005072 Deluge Mount, 3" ANSI 4 Bolt Flange

The deluge riser will have a 3.00" four (4)-bolt flange for mounting the monitor. 0750982 Crosslay Module, Full Width, Roll Up
Doors, PUC

CROSSLAY MODULE
The crosslay module will be full width of the rear body.

The forward, upper corners of the module will have full body corners.

The crosslay module will be manufactured for installation of roll up doors on each side. 0750897 Doors, Crosslay, Roll-up Amdor,
Each End, Full Height, PUC

ROLL-UP DOOR, CROSSLAY ENDS, PUC
All compartment doors will be roll-up style double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by AMDOR™. The crosslay enclosure will be full width of the body.

The track will be the flanged track with the screws installed to the rear of the track guide.

The slats will be double wall box frame extrusion. The exterior surface will be flat and the interior surface will be concave to help loose equipment fall to the ground and prevent it from jamming the door.

Between each slat will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments.

Each door will have a 4.00" counter balance to assist in lifting.

A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll-up door. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

The crosslays will have a standard drip pan below the roll of the door. 0747660 Lights, Crosslay Compt, Forward
LED, 2Lts

CROSSLAY COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) 12 volt DC light strips with white LEDs and mechanical fasteners, provide behind the front door frame on the crosslay compartments per the following:

One (1) strip light for the left side crosslay compartment door One (1) strip light for the right side crosslay compartment door The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the respective door is opened.

Bid #: 946 55 403
0750916 Crosslays, (2) 1.50", W/Poly Trays,
PUC

LOWER CROSSLAY
There will be two (2) lower crosslays provided.

1.50" Crosslay
There will be two (2) 1.50" crosslays plumbed with 2.00" welded or formed schedule 10 304L stainless steel pipe.

The crosslays will be low mounted with the bottom of both crosslay trays no more than 11.00" above the frame rails for simple, safe reloading and deployment.

There will be a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90-degree swivel provided in each hose bed, so that the hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The swivel will be as far outbound as possible for ease of changing hose.

Each crosslay will be gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve with the controls located at the pump operator's panel.

Each hose bed will be capable of carrying 200' of 1.75" double jacket hose.

Crosslay Hose Tray
A removable tray will be provided for each crosslay hose bed. The crosslay tray will be constructed of black poly to provide a lightweight sturdy tray. Two (2) hand holes will be in the floor and additional hand holes will be provided in the sides for easy removal and installation from the compartment. The floor of the trays will be perforated to allow for drainage and hose drying.

Trays will be held in place by a mechanical spring-loaded stainless-steel latch that automatically deploys upon loading the trays to hold the trays in place during transit. 0747055 Not Required, 2.50" Crosslay

Bid #: 946 56 404
0836583 Foam Sys, Husky 3 LCD, Single
Agent, PUC, Multi Select Feature

FOAM PROPORTIONER
A foam proportioning system will be provided that is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams. Operations will be based on direct measurement of water flow and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system will automatically proportion foam at rates from 0.1 percent to 3 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump.

The design of the system will allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation.

System capacity
The system will have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates at accuracies that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 150 psi. 100 gpm @ 3 percent
300 gpm @ 1 percent
600 gpm @ 0.5 percent
Class A foam setting in 0.1 percent increments from 0.1 percent to 3 percent. Typical settings of 1 percent, 0.5 percent and 0.3 percent (maximum capacity will be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity).

The percentage of injection will have a preset. This preset can be changed by the end user as desired. The percentage of foam injected will be changed through the display screen.

Hydraulic Drive System
The foam concentrate pump will be powered by an electric over hydraulic drive system. The hydraulic system and motor will be integrated into one (1) unit.

Foam Concentrate Pump
The foam concentrate pump will be of positive displacement, self-priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic system. The pump will be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless-steel piston.

A relief system is provided to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressurizing of the foam concentrate pump.

One (1) check valve will be installed in the foam discharge plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump.

The foam concentrate pump will have minimum capacity for 3 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluor protein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR-AFFF. The system will deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrates back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate resulting in system failure.

The foam concentrate pump will be self-priming with the ability to draw foam concentrate from external sources, such as drums or pails.

Control System
Control System
The system will be equipped with an LCD display located on the pump operator's panel and a control. Both the display and control will use a can network. The display will use a USB interface for software updates. The LCD display will have adjustment for screen brightness.

The control will house a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the position/rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate.

Push button controls will be integrated into the LCD control for.

System On/Off
Foam Percentage Control
Foam Pump Prime
Paddle Wheel Auto/Manual Mode
The LCD control will display
Foam Pump Stroke Position
Foam Inject Percentage
Tank or Draft Mode Selection
Foam Tank Low Level
Inject/Fill Mode Selection
Tank Refill
The display will have access to menu options for calibration and diagnostic needs.

External Foam Concentrate Connection
A 0.75" male connection GHT (garden hose thread) external foam pick-up will be provided on the pump panel to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow continued operation after the on-board foam tank is empty, or the use of foam which is different than that stored in the foam tank.

Panel mounted valved manifold
A valved manifold (with an instruction plaque) will be mounted to the pump panel. The valved manifold will function as the foam system draft/tank foam inject source and inject/foam tank fill mode.

Pick-up hose
A 0.75" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The hose will be supplied with a 0.75" female swivel GHT (garden hose thread) swivel connector. The hose will be shipped loose.

Discharges
The foam system will be plumbed to lower rear crosslay, lower front crosslay, left side of front bumper, left rear outlet and right rear outlet discharge(s).

System Electrical Load
The maximum current draw of the electric motor and system will be no more than 55 amperes at 12 VDC.
0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor

Bid #: 946 57 405
0592527 Refill, Foam Tank, Integral, Husky 3 SINGLE FOAM TANK REFILL The foam system's proportioning pump will be used to fill the foam tank. This will allow use of the auxiliary foam pick-up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut-off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller that the tank is filling. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop. If it attempted to use tank fill and the refill valve and suction valve are in the wrong position(s), the display will indicate the improper valve position(s). When the valves are positioned properly, then filling will commence. 0031896 Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer
Provided
0535798 Foam Cell, 20 Gallon, Reduce Water,
PUC

FOAM TANK
The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The foam cell will reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid.
0697589 Drain, 1.00", Foam Tank #1, Husky 3
Foam System, Quarter Turn

FOAM TANK DRAIN
The foam tank drain will be a 1.00" quarter turn drain valve located inside the pump/plumbing compartment.
0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank #2

0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain

0746447 Approval Dwg, All Pump Panel(s),
Includes Color And Label Tags
The following drawing(s) will be provided for approval by the customer. The drawing(s) will be made for up One (01) Truck apparatus and/or similar Pierce job number.

PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL DRAWING
A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump operator's panel. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump operator's panel drawing will become part of the contract documents.

Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion.

REMAINING PUMP PANEL(S)
Detailed drawing(s) to scale of the remaining pump panel(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing(s) will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump panel(s). The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to these approval drawing(s). The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing(s) per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump panel drawing(s) will become part of the contract documents.

Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion.

COLOR CODED TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the colors used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the colors will become part of the contract documents.

SPECIAL TEXT/VERBIAGE TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the text/verbiage used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or markups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the text/verbiage will become part of the contract documents.
0032479 Pump Panel Configuration, Control
Zone

PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation.

Bid #: 946 58 406
0831515 Material/Finish, Pump Panels, PUC PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL The pump operator's panel and gauge panels will be aluminum with black UL-LX finish.

The side panels will be aluminum with black UL-LX finish. 0516978 Pump and Plumbing Access, Simple
Tilt Service, PUC

PUMP AND PLUMBING ACCESS
Simple access to the plumbing will be provided through the front of the body area by raising the cab for complete plumbing service and valve maintenance. Access to valves will not require removal of operator panels or pump panels. Access for rebuilding of the pump will not require removal of more than the tank to pump line and a single discharge line. This access will allow for fast, easy valve or pump rebuilding, making for reduced out of service times. Steps will be provided for access to the top of the pump.

Access to the pump will be provided by raising the cab. The pump will be positioned such that all maintenance and overhaul work can be performed above the frame and under the tilted cab. The service and overhaul work on the pump will not require the removal of operator panels or pump panels. Complete pump casing and gear case removal will require no more than removal of the intake and discharge manifolds, driveline, coolers and a single discharge line. The pump case and gear case will be able to be removed by lifting upward without interference from piping and be removable in less than 3 hours.
0520326 Light, Pump Compt, PUC

PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
A pump compartment light will be provided inside the plumbing area.

A .125" weep hole will be provided in each light lens, preventing moisture retention. 0798396 Gauges, Engine, Pump Panel,
Included With Vehicle Information
Center

PUMP PANEL GAUGES AND CONTROLS
Engine gauge will be incorporated with the vehicle information center display.

Also provided at the pump panel will be the following:
- Master Pump Drain Control
0005601 Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press
Controller
0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel,
Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure
Gov/Throttle,Green

THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode. 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with
Pressure Controller
0553643 Control, Air Horn at Pmp Pnl, Red
Switch, Momentary

AIR HORN SWITCH
An air horn control switch will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This switch will be momentary red and properly labeled. The switch will be located within easy reach of the operator in the electrical switch panel.
0066121 Drains, LS, Keep Area Under Main
Inlet Clear

DRAINS, LEFT SIDE
The drains on the left side pump panel will be located to keep the area under the main pump inlet clear for customer installed piston intake valve.
0081262 Drains, RS, Keep Area Under Main
Inlet Clear

RIGHT SIDE DRAINS
The drains on the right side pump panel will be located to keep the area under the main pump inlet clear for customer installed piston intake valve. 0830289 Gauges, 6.00" Master, IC VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Innovative Controls.

The gauges will be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black markings, with a pressure range of 30.00" 0-400 psi.

The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.

Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One (1) will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have

0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label.

Bid #: 946 59 407
0511105 Gauge, 3.00" Pressure, Class 1,
Special

PRESSURE GAUGES
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be interlube filled and manufactured by Class 1©.

The gauges will be a minimum of 3.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black markings.

Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut.

Gauges will have a pressure rating of 0-400 psi.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical.

This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube.
0748780 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In
pressure Controller, PUC Color
Display, Lt Driver

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
An electric water level gauge will be incorporated in the pressure controller that registers water level by means of 9 LEDs. They will be at 1/8 level increments with a tank empty LED. The LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight, and have a full 180-degree of clear viewing.

To further alert the pump operator, the gauge will have a warning flash when the tank volume is less than 25%, and will have "Down Chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty.

The level measurement will be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the tank or cell.

There will be a water level gauge provided on the Command Zone™, color display in the cab.

There will be a light driver module with this installation to power additional water level gauge(s) included on the apparatus.
0731613 Water Level Gauge, Wln PSTANK2,
LED 1-Light, 4-Level, Loc Fet

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
There will be three (3) additional water level indicator(s), Whelen®, Model PSTANK2, LED module with black trim, installed (1) Each side of cab aft of Crew Cab Door (10 RS rear body below Scene Light.

This light module(s) will include four (4) colored levels, and function similar to the water level indicator located at the operators panel:

First green module indicates a full water level
Second blue module indicates a water level above 3/4 full Third amber module indicates a water level above 1/2 full Last red module indicates a water level above 1/4 full and empty Above 1/4 this light will be steady burning
At empty this light will be flashing
The flash rate will be determined by the main water level tank sensor.

This module will be activated when the pump is in gear. 0604354 Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank
Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A"

CLASS "A" FOAM LEVEL GAUGE
A Fire Research TankVision Pro, Model WLA360-A00, cell/tank level indicator kit will be installed on the pump operator's panel. The kit will include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, a 10' sensor cable and a tank vent. The indicator will show the volume of Class "A" foam concentrate in the cell/tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs will provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The indicator case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon material and have a distinctive green label.

The program features will be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program will support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, six (6) programmable colored light patterns to display cell/tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low foam level warnings will include flashing LEDs at 1/4 cell/tank and down chasing LEDs when the cell/tank is almost empty.

The indicator will receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor will be mounted from the outside of the foam cell/tank near the bottom. No probe will be placed on the interior of the cell/tank. Wiring will be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors.
0653081 Light, Pump Operator & Panel, Side
Ctrl, PUC, 60354C LED Cab & LED
OH Chr Cvr

SIDE CONTROL PUMP OPERATOR'S/PUMP PANEL LIGHTING
Illumination will be provided for controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus and the equipment provided on it. Internal and external lights on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The pump panels will be illuminated by two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 60354C, 6.00" x 2.00" oval white LED lights with Model 60700, grommets and chrome covers installed on the back of the cab, one (1) on the driver's side and one (1) on the passenger's side.

The pump operator's panel will utilize the same LED strip lighting at the forward doorframe as all other compartment lighting.

There will be a small white LED pump engaged indicator light installed overhead. 0626762 Air Horns, (2) Buell, Model 1063,

15.00", In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (2) 15.00" Buell, Model 1063, air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed in-line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system. 0783146 SP Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each
Side, Inside Frame (Pos #3 & #5),
Buell Only
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, inside of the frame rails.

Bid #: 946 60 408
0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757076 Control, Air Horn, Lanyard, RS

Right side lanyard. The lanyard to be a nylon rope.
0757077 Control, Air Horn, Lanyard, LS

Left side lanyard. The lanyard to be a nylon rope.
0757084 Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring

Steering wheel horn ring with electric/air horn selector switch 0525667 Siren, Wln 295SLSA1, 100 or 200
Watt

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen®, Model 295SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. 0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be recessed in the driver side inside switch panel. 0076156 Control, Elec Siren, Head Only The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided.
0601306 Speaker, (1) Wln, SA315P, w/Pierce
Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100
watt

SPEAKER
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model SA315P, black nylon composite, 100-watt, speaker with through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier.
0658258 Location, Behind Front Grille, Imp/Vel

The speaker(s) will be mounted behind the front grille. 0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q2B will be black chrome finish.

The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2- gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q2B- at the battery.
0578974 Siren, Mechanical, Recessed In
Grille, Imp/Vel
The mechanical siren will be mounted recessed in the front grille. The siren mounting will include a reinforcement plate.
0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0898295 SP Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS, Loc

Left side foot switch mount at pickup.
0736158 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary, Lower
Sw Pnl
A momentary switch will be included in the lower switch panel to activate the siren brake. 0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
Bid #: 946 61 409
0818317 SP Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV, Rota-Bm,
81",RDAlyRRRwwRRRRDAlyR , Red
Lens

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be an 81.00" Whelen® Freedom™ Rota-Beam™ LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (1) red flashing in a rotating pattern LED module in the left side rear corner position.

One (1) dual alley LED module in the left side end position.

One (1) red flashing in a rotating pattern LED module in the left side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing in a rotating pattern LED module in the left side first front position.

One (1) red flashing in a rotating pattern LED module in the left side second front position.

One (1) red flashing in a rotating pattern LED module in the left side third front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the left side fourth position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the right side fourth position.

One (1) red flashing in a rotating pattern LED module in the right side third front position.

One (1) red flashing in a rotating pattern LED module in the right side second front position.

One (1) red flashing in a rotating pattern LED module in the right side first front position.

One (1) red flashing in a rotating pattern LED module in the right side front corner position.

One (1) dual alley LED module in the right side end position.

One (1) red flashing in a rotating pattern LED module in the right side rear corner position.

There will be red lenses over the red LEDs and clear lenses over the white LEDs.

The following switches may be installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
a switch to control the left side alley LED module.
a switch to control the right side alley LED module.

The white LEDs will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The red flashing in a rotating pattern LED modules in the front positions and the alley LED modules may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0734043 Light, Front Zone, Wln 6RB** M6**
M6** 6RB** Q-Bezel 4lts

CAB FACE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen®, warning lights installed on the cab face above the headlights in quad bezels per the following.

One (1) Model 6RB**, 4.18" high x 6.56" wide x 3.43" deep lights with rotating flash pattern installed on the left side outside position. The left side outside warning light to include red LEDs.

One (1) Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep lights flashing lights installed on the left side inside position. The left side inside warning light to include red LEDs.

One (1) Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep lights flashing lights installed on the right side inside position. The right side inside warning light to include red LEDs.

One (1) Model 6RB**, 4.18" high x 6.56" wide x 3.43" deep lights with rotating flash pattern installed on the right side outside position. The right side outside warning light to include red LEDs.

The warning light lens color(s) to be clear.

The housing and trim shall be painted black.

There will be a switch in the cab, on the switch panel to control the lights.

White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied. Amber LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is released.

Amber, blue, green and red LEDs in the inside positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0754452 SP Flash Pattern,Wln M6**, Steady
Burning 159

FRONT WARNING FLASH PATTERN ADJUSTMENT
The flash pattern of the one (1) Whelen® M6* front warning light(s) located LS inboard will be adjusted to steady burning number 159 pattern.
0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set.
0736686 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln
M6V2**, M6V2** 4lts, Crnr/Scene Lt,
Trim Fet

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be four (4) Whelen®, flashing LED warning lights with black trim installed per the following:

Two (2) Model M6V2**, combination warning and cornering/scene lights located, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The side front lights to be red. The white LEDs will be provided as a cornering/scene light and mounted no higher than the low beam headlights.

Two (2) Model M6V2**, combination warning and cornering/scene lights located over rear wheels.

The side rear lights to be red.

The color of the lenses for the warning lights will be the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the warning lights.

The white LED cornering/scene lights will be wired so they activate and cancel when the battery switch is on, the headlight switch is on and with the directional light activation.

These LED cornering/scene lights will not be activated when the 4-way flashers are activated.

The LED cornering/scene lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

The LED cornering/scene lights will also be controlled by by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and when the perimeter lights are activated.

Bid #: 946 62 410
0896616 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab,
Weldon 8401-0000-20 Strip Light

INTERIOR CAB DOOR WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Weldon, Model 8401-0000-20, 16.00" long x 0.75" high x 0.625" deep amber 12 volt DC LED flashing strip lights provided.

One (1) light on the left side cab door.

One (1) light on the right side cab door.

One (1) light on the right side crew cab door.

One (1) light on the left side crew cab door.

Each light will be located over the door window.

Each light will be activated when the battery switch is on, respective door is opened and no other controls are on.

Each light will be installed so the flash pattern directs traffic away from the doors. 0815847 Connectors, Door Interior Flash, All
Cabs, Weatherproof

ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS FOR WARNING LIGHTS
The lights will be installed with a weatherproof insulated crimped connectors in order to provide ease of connection/disconnection of the circuit applied to. 0750399 Lights, Side, Wln PS#02FCR DUO,
Rub Rail Mtd, 1st

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen®, Model PS#02FCR, 0.52" high x 1.68" wide x 11.11" long, split color light(s), with black trim and clear lens(es) provided in the side body rub rails of the apparatus, driver and passenger side body, fore and aft.

The split color light(s) will include light(s) to include red and white LEDs .

The LED's will flash with the emergency master.

The colored LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

Any white LED's will be disabled when the parking brake is set. 0743911 Lights, Side, Wln M6V2** Trm Fet
2nd

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model M6V2**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 2.25" deep flashing warning light(s) with white LEDs as scene lights and black trim, located officer side cab behind the crew cab doors in the lower zone location, match #37815.

The light(s) to include red flashing LEDs.

The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs. The scene LEDs will include a clear lens.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LEDs.

The scene LEDs will be activated when the battery switch is on, same controls as other M6V2 cornering light (perimeter/work light activation).

The warning and scene LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0743913 Lights, Side, Wln M6V2** Trm Fet 1st SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen® Model M6V2**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 2.25" deep flashing warning light(s) with white LEDs as scene lights and black trim, located driver side cab behind the crew cab doors in the lower zone location, match #37815.

The light(s) to include red flashing LEDs.

The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs. The scene LEDs will include a clear lens.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LEDs.

The scene LEDs will be activated when the battery switch is on, same controls as the other M6V2 cornering lights (perimeter/work light activation.

The warning and scene LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0622791 Lights, Side, Wln M9V2** 2nd

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen Model M9V2**, 6.50" high x 10.38" long x 2.63" deep flashing warning light(s) with white LED's as scene lights and chrome trim officers side ahead of crew cab door, highest possible location, match #37815.

The color of the flashing warning LED's will be red.

The flashing warning LED's will include a lens that is clear. The scene LED's will include a clear lens.

The flashing warning LED's will be controlled with the side warning switch.

The scene LED's will be activated when the battery switch is on, by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and when the cab or crew cab doors on the passenger's side are open.

The warning and scene LED's may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0622914 Lights, Side, Wln M9V2** 1st SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model M9V2**, 6.50" high x 10.38" long x 2.63" deep flashing warning light(s) with white LED's as scene lights and chrome trim drivers side ahead of crew cab door, highest possible location, match #37815.

The color of the flashing warning LED's will be red.

The flashing warning LED's will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. The scene LED's will include a clear lens.

The flashing warning LED's will be controlled with the side warning switch.

The scene LED's will be activated when the battery switch is on by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and when the cab or crew cab doors on the driver's side are open.

The warning and scene LED's may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

Bid #: 946 63 411
0894842 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, For
Tail Lt Housings

REAR ZONE LOWER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights located in the rear tail light housings of the apparatus per the following:

The driver's side rear light to be red.

The passenger's side rear light to be red.

The lens color(s) to be clear.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0809689 Lights, Rear, Wln M9** LED, 1st REAR WARNING LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model M9**, LED flashing warning light(s) with black trim provided on the rear face of the body RS rear body up high above the M9EZ scene light so stacked like side M9/M9EZ.

The color of these light(s) will be red.

The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.

These light(s) will be controlled with the rear upper warning switch. 0734069 Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln M9**
M9** M9** M9** 4lts
WARNING LIGHTS (Rear and Side upper zones)
There will be four (4), Whelen®, Model M9**C, 6.50" high x 10.37" wide x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with black trim provided at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

The side upper rear light on the left side to include red flashing LEDs.

The rear upper light on the left side to include red flashing LEDs.

The rear upper light on the right side to include red flashing LEDs.

The side upper rear light on the right side to include red flashing LEDs.

The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0590000 No Hose Bed Warn Lts Brkts
Required, Lts On Hatch/Body
Compts,PUC
0791493 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAM65
36" Long LED

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model TAM65, 36.00" long x 2.87" high x 2.25" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen Model TACTL5 control head will be included with this installation.

The control head will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on. 0529278 Location, TDL, Surface Mounted This traffic directing light will be surface mounted at the rear of the apparatus. 0530282 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Right
End
The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position.
0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0649753 Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic
Tool System
0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

Three (3) bags of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.

Bid #: 946 64 412
0816508 NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Pumper, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided
by Fire Dept

NFPA LOOSE EQUIPMENT
NFPA Required Loose Equipment Provided by Fire Department The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, table 8.1 and CAN/ULC 515:2024 edition, section 5.2 will be provided by the fire department:

One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front.

Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the

6.00" (152 mm) band.

Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

NFPA Loose Equipment That Should be Considered
The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, appendix table A.8.4 (a) and CAN/ULC 515:2024 edition, section 5.2 should be considered:
800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose.
400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose.

One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum.

Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum.

One (1) smooth bore or combination nozzle with shutoff and with 2.50" (65 mm) inlet that flows a minimum of 250 gpm (950 L/min).

Four (4) SCBA apparatus
Four (4) SCBA spare cylinders
One (1) first aid kit.

Four (4) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (2) hydrant wrenches.

One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.

One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.

One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections.

Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft × 18 ft (3.7 m × 5.5 m).

One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED).
0519913 Not Required, Soft Suction Hose

SOFT SUCTION HOSE
There will be no soft suction hose provided.
0821565 Strainer, Provided by Fire
Department, Pumper NFPA/ULC
2024 Classification

STRAINER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 8.3 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 requires a suction strainer when suction hose is provided.

The strainer is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide the suction strainer.
0816939 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, NFPA
2024, Provided by Fire Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816937 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided by
Fire Dept

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816998 Axe, Flathead, Provided by Fire
Department

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0817000 Axe, Pickhead, Provided by Fire
Department

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.

Bid #: 946 65 413
0741569 Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a twocomponent high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultrasmooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T. standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99 percent efficiency factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems will be 99.97 percent efficient.

Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709846 Paint, Two-Tone Color,
Velocity/Impel

CAB TWO-TONE PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone, with the upper section painted 101 Black Match Break and Shield 34127 and the lower section painted Red 730 Match Break and Shield 34127. There will be a special cab paint break designed and shown on the lettering and striping print.

There will be a special cab shield designed and shown on the lettering and striping print. 0709845 Paint, Single Color, Body BODY PAINT
The body will be painted to match the lower section of the cab.

Bid #: 946 66 414
0646897 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, E-Coat,
Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with a single system black top coat before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (2) C-channel frame rails
Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted not e-coated (unless otherwise stated in a secondary option) are:

Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693798 Paint, Front Wheels FRONT WHEELS PAINT
All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with powder coat paint #101 black. 0693793 Paint, Rear Wheels, Single Axle REAR WHEELS PAINT All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with powder coat paint #101 black. 0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted black #101.
0750170 Paint, Rub Rail, Aluminum, Sides,
Black 101

PAINTED RUB RAIL
The rub rails located at the sides of the body will be painted black 101. 0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
0544129 Reflective Band, 1"-6"-1"

REFLECTIVE STRIPES
Three (3) reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band will consist of a 1.00" black stripe at the top with a 1.00" gap then a

6.00" black stripe with a 1.00" gap and a 1.00" black stripe on the bottom. 0510041 Reflective across Cab Face, Imp/Vel

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be below the headlights on the fiberglass. 0820122 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, NFPA/ULC 2024, Pumper,
PUC

CHEVRON STRIPING, REAR
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear roll up door and swing down tailboard, will be covered.

The colors will be Fluorescent Yellow-Green 983-23 and Red 983-72 diamond grade.

Each stripe will be 6.00" in width.
0027341 Jog, In Reflective Stripe, Single or
Multiple

JOG(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND
The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body will contain one (1) jog(s) and will be angled at approximately 45 degrees when installed.
0065687 Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 0680371 Stripe, Gold Leaf, Two-Tone Paint
Break with Shield, IPO Chrome
Molding

CAB STRIPE
There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding and on the cab face with shield.
0027372 Lettering Specifications, (GOLD
STAR Process)

LETTERING
The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl.

Bid #: 946 67 415
0686432 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 16 letters provided.
0686018 Lettering, Reflective, 5.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be 18 letters provided.
0686209 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 9.00", (21-40)

LETTERING
Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) genuine gold leaf lettering, 9.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.
0686223 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 6.00", (41-60)

LETTERING
Forty-one (41) to sixty (60) genuine gold leaf lettering, 6.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.
0686229 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 6.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 6.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be three (3) letters provided.
0686256 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 4.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 4.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be five (5) letters provided.
0655896 Sign Kit, Painted, Holder and Insert,
Each

SIGN KIT FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS
three (3) painted stainless steel plate(s) and holder(s) will be provided for department lettering.

They will be mounted Located on the crew cab and rear of truck. and 8"H X 12"W placard painted # 730 Red. in size.
0530793 Emblem, American Flag, Flat (Not
Moving), Pair, Mirror Images

EMBLEMS
There will be one (1) pair of American flag emblems, 12.00" high, installed Located behind the crew cab door centered off of the upper window.. The flag will be flat (not moving) and made out of vinyl material. The pair will be mirror images of each other. 0029814 Emblem, Maltese Cross, Gold Leaf,
18"-20", Pair

MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION
There will be one (1) pair of maltese crosses, comprised of genuine gold leaf material, provided and installed Cab doors.
0624039 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, (1)
Hard Copy, (1) USB Flash Drive,
Custom

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUALS
There will be two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus provided. There will be one (1) hard copy and one (1) USB flash drive copy provided.

The manuals will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
The manuals will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the factory website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.

Bid #: 946 68 416
0624037 Manual, Chassis Service, (1) Hard
Copy, One (1) USB Flash Drive,
Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be two (2) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components provided. There will be one (1) hard copy and one (1) USB flash drive copy provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:

Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0772060 Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) Hard
Copy, (1) USB Flash Drive, Custom,
English

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUALS
There will be one (1) hard copy and one (1) USB flash drive provided that will include all of the same information. Manuals will be in the English language. 0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. 0611136 Warranty, Chassis, 3 Year,
Velocity/Impel, WA0284

THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce custom chassis limited warranty certificate, WA0284, is included with this proposal. 0696698 Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year,
WA0181

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal.
0684952 Warranty, Steering Gear, TRW Ross
TAS, 1 Year WA0202

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A TRW one (1) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
0595767 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year,
Velocity/Impel, WA0038

FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame and crossmembers limited warranty certificate, WA0038, is included with this proposal.
0663011 Warranty, Axle, 1 Year, Marmon
Harrington, General Service

FRONT AXLE ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY Marmon-Herrington® offers a one (1) year or 12,000 miles warranty for axle systems used under normal service.
0610485 Warranty, Axle, Eaton/Dana, 5
Year/100,000 Mile, Parts and Labor

REAR AXLE WARRANTY
A Eaton five (5)-year/100,000 mile parts and labor warranty will be provided. 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3
Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232

ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco™ ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal.
0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. 0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, ProRate, WA0055 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal.

Bid #: 946 69 417
0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (54) monthwarranty will be provided for the camera system. 0708760 Warranty, Not Applicable, LED Strip
Lights

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The compartment lights will not offer an extended warranty. 0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF,
Poly Tank, WA0195

WATER TANK WARRANTY
A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. 0693126 Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10
Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years. A five (5) year limited warranty will be provided on painted roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA0185, is included with this proposal. 0516693 Warranty, Pump, Pierce, PUC, 6
Year Parts, 1 Year Labor, WA0039

SIX (6) YEAR PARTS, ONE (1) YEAR LABOR
The pump and its components will be provided with a six (6) year parts and one (1) year labor limited warranty. The manufacturer's warranty will provide that the pump and its components will be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service.

A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing,
WA0035
TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal.
0657990 Warranty, Foam System, Husky 3,
WA0231

FOAM SYSTEM WARRANTY
The Husky 3 foam system limited warranty certificate, WA0231, is included with this proposal. 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, ProRate, WA0057 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. 0595421 Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year,
Apparatus, WA0018

THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0018, is included with this proposal.
0819254 Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0196

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1900, current edition, section 7.14, Vehicle Stability. The certification is included with this proposal.
0808577 Certification, Engine Installation,
Velocity, Cummins X15, 2027

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery.

Bid #: 946 70 418
0686786 Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification is included with this proposal.
0892701 Certification, Cab Integrity,
Impel/Velocity FR, CD0190

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29.

SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,320-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,050 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 100,000 lb. (Four and a half times the load criteria of ECE 29)
Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,200 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.
0548950 Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Velocity/Impel, CD0001

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000-cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0548967 Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Impel/Velocity, CD0005

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0667411 Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Velocity/Impel FR,
CD0004

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
0549273 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Imp/Vel/Vel SLT, CD0018

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

Bid #: 946 71 419
0735950 Certification, Cab HVAC System Perf,
Vel/Imp FR,
CD0166/CD0168/CD0176/CD0177

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance
0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO

0000048 PUMPER/TANKER, 3rd Gen

0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS
0004713 ENGINE, OTHER
0046396 EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0520324 PIERCE PUMP, PUC

0020009 POLY TANK

0028048 FOAM SYSTEM
0020006 SIDE CONTROL
0020007 AKRON VALVES

0020015 ABS SYSTEM

0658751 PUMPER BASE

Bid #: 946 72 420
Electrical Analysis 11/17/2025
Bid #: 946
SLTF Velocity PUC 4x4 (Duplicate #37815) Sales Rep:

Organization:

Hansen, Brad
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: City Of South Lake Tahoe
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Vel WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 0.00 1.20 0.00 0002526 Light, Engine Compt, All Custom Chassis 0.00 1.60 0.00 0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air Operated 0.00 0.00 0.00 0520221 177" Hatch, (2) Lift-up, 21" Wide, Both Sides, PUC/HDRP 0.00 3.25 3.25 0520326 Light, Pump Compt, PUC 0.00 1.80 0.00
0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus 0.00 0.80 0.00
0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 0.00 0.35 0.00 0553643 Control, Air Horn at Pmp Pnl, Red Switch, Momentary 0.00 0.16 0.00 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 0.00 0.50 0.00 0600599 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED, MUX 0.00 0.00 0.40
0604354 Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A"

0.00 0.00 1.23
0622791 Lights, Side, Wln M9V2** 2nd 0.00 0.60 1.67
0622914 Lights, Side, Wln M9V2** 1st 0.00 0.60 1.67
0643212 Fan, Air Exchange, Cab Compartment, Thermostat 0.00 0.25 0.00 0644383 Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31, 31XPD 1000 CCA each, Threaded Stud

0.00 3.00 0.00
0662029 Intercom, Firecom 5200D Dual Radio, 4-Pos, D,O,2C 0.00 0.00 0.50 0667899 Fan, Window Defrost, Passenger's Side, One (1), Impel/Velocity FR

0.00 1.25 1.25
0667900 Fan, Window Defrost, Driver's Side, One (1), Impel/Velocity FR 0.00 1.25 1.25 0667902 Controls, Electric Windows, All Cab Doors, Impel/Velocity FR 0.00 26.00 0.00 0686687 Wiring, Spare, 37.5 A 12V DC, Customer Install Radio, 30A Sw Bat, 7.5A Ign Grnd

0.00 0.00 75.00
0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine 0.00 0.42 0.00 0743911 Lights, Side, Wln M6V2** Trm Fet 2nd 0.00 0.60 1.67 0743913 Lights, Side, Wln M6V2** Trm Fet 1st 0.00 0.60 1.67 0750399 Lights, Side, Wln PS#02FCR DUO, Rub Rail Mtd, 1st 0.00 1.98 1.22 0774463 Handlts, (4) Streamlight, Vulcan 180, 44315, 12v, Orange 0.00 0.00 4.40 0805792 Switch, Engine Heater, Manual Control In Cab w/Ind Lt, Loc 0.00 0.08 0.00 0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED, For Tail Lt Housing 0.00 3.20 0.00 0806676 Special Switching, Side Warning Lights, Split, Switched With Scene Lights

0.00 0.00 0.08
0809689 Lights, Rear, Wln M9** LED, 1st 0.00 0.00 3.00
0810227 Lights, Wln, M92SL* EZ Scene, 12 VDC, 3rd 0.00 0.00 9.00 0817058 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera, SD, CL714 0.00 1.20 0.00 0819994 Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB, Bluetooth 0.00 0.00 2.00 0820973 ABS Wabco Brake System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA 1900/ULC 0.00 6.00 0.00 0821263 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt FB, Blue Sea 5026 Batt Dir 1st NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 20.00
0821266 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt FB, Blue Sea 5026 Batt Dir 2nd NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 20.00
0834413 USB, Cab, 4, 12V DC, Dual USB Termination, Batt Dir.

NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 10.00
0836583 Foam Sys, Husky 3 LCD, Single Agent, PUC, Multi Select Feature 0.00 55.00 0.00 0837947 Cable, Firecom Radio Interface Extension, 15' 0.00 0.00 0.00 0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B 0.00 100.00 0.00
0896616 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab, Weldon 8401-0000-20 Strip Light

0.00 0.64 0.00
0897669 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, w/Manual Override, Batt Swtich, Imp/Vel 0.00 180.00 0.00 0741239 HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Impel/Velocity FR, CARE Load Managed 0.00 0.00 136.00 0806207 Lights, Wln, M92SL* EZ Scene, 12 VDC, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 18.00 0806208 Lights, Wln, M92SL* EZ Scene, 12 VDC, 2nd Load Managed 0.00 0.00 18.00 0821260 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5026 1st NFPA1900/ULC
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 40.00
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX NFPA 0.56 0.56 0.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 421
Electrical Analysis 11/17/2025
Bid #: 946
SLTF Velocity PUC 4x4 (Duplicate #37815) Sales Rep:

Organization:

Hansen, Brad
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: City Of South Lake Tahoe
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Vel WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0525667 Siren, Wln 295SLSA1, 100 or 200 Watt NFPA 1.56 14.06 0.00 0535157 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts,

PUC/HDRP
NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00
0555915 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with Intermittent, MUX, Impel/Velocity NFPA 2.10 8.40 0.00 0557322 Lights, Step, P25 at Rear Tailboard, PUC, 4lts Perm Lts NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00 0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, Heater, 2010 NFPA 7.81 0.00 0.00 0568369 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, Impel/Velocity 2010
NFPA 1.26 0.00 0.00
0603952 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Rear of Rear Axle, Common Door, Step Frame 4x4
NFPA 0.60 11.40 0.00
0645877 Lights, Hose Bed, Sides, Dual LED Light Strips NFPA 2.52 0.00 0.00 0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts NFPA 0.80 0.80 0.00 0648630 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq E10-WS00-1 LED 4Dr, Angled Brkt NFPA 3.00 0.00 0.00 0653081 Light, Pump Operator & Panel, Side Ctrl, PUC, 60354C LED Cab & LED OH Chr Cvr
NFPA 2.00 0.00 0.00
0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating NFPA 0.08 0.00 0.00 0668310 Cab, Velocity FR, 7010 Raised Roof, PUC NFPA 6.80 10.20 0.00 0722044 Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center, 38 W x 49 H x 24 D, 2" Web, Imp/Vel
NFPA 0.49 0.49 0.00
0724463 Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD , PUC NFPA 1.70 0.00 0.00 0725185 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Imp/Vel,4x4,Trim
NFPA 0.70 0.70 0.00
0729466 Light, Brake Lt, Additional, TecNiq T11-R*00-1, Third Brake NFPA 0.06 0.54 0.00 0731613 Water Level Gauge, Wln PSTANK2, LED 1-Light, 4-Level, Loc Fet NFPA 2.40 0.00 0.00 0734043 Light, Front Zone, Wln 6RB** M6** M6** 6RB** Q-Bezel 4lts NFPA 2.20 4.90 1.80 0734069 Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln M9** M9** M9** M9** 4lts NFPA 4.80 7.20 0.00 0736083 Lights, Clearance/Marker, Side, P25 LED 2 Lts, Others With Visor Lt
NFPA 0.49 0.00 0.00
0736686 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6V2**, M6V2** 4lts, Crnr/Scene Lt, Trim Fet
NFPA 3.46 6.86 1.54
0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green
NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00
0740884 Rear, Rollup, 28.50" F-F, Space Saver, PUC/HDRP NFPA 0.90 0.00 0.90 0747660 Lights, Crosslay Compt, Forward LED, 2Lts NFPA 1.20 0.00 0.00 0748780 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In pressure Controller, PUC Color Display, Lt Driver
NFPA 1.23 0.00 0.00
0749399 Light, Visor Mt, Wln S72M**, 72" Cnt Feature NFPA 0.32 0.00 18.68 0750117 Lights, Cargo/Dunnage, FRP Flood, LED NFPA 0.60 0.00 0.00 0755269 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 21 W x 28 H x 21.5 D, Ext Acc Only, Sp Mtg, Imp/Vel
NFPA 0.28 0.28 0.00
0758633 Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled, Alum, LED Backlit, Black, Velocity PUC, 4x4
NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00
0760868 Lights, Cargo/Dunnage, Dual LED Light Strips, Each Side NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00 0771832 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 24 W x 28 H x 24 D, Ext Acc Only, Sp Mtg, Imp/Vel
NFPA 0.28 0.28 0.00
0777910 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED Blk Trim 2lts
NFPA 0.10 0.90 0.00
0779488 Headlights, Rect LED, 4X4, JW Spkr Evo 2, Heat, AXT/Enf/Imp/Vel, Rec Bmpr
NFPA 5.46 7.82 0.00
0780176 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq E10-WS00-1 6.39" LED 2lts, Rear Step
NFPA 0.88 0.00 0.00
0780178 Lights, Perimeter Pump House, TecNiq E10-WS00-1 6.39" LED 2lts
NFPA 0.88 0.00 0.00
0791493 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAM65 36" Long LED NFPA 1.26 2.52 0.00 0798396 Gauges, Engine, Pump Panel, Included With Vehicle Information Center
NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00
0799132 Lights, Hatch Compt, LED Strip Light, 177", Latch Side Only NFPA 1.58 1.58 0.00 0801890 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4500 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/Enf NFPA 2.00 2.00 0.00 0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For Hsg
NFPA 0.83 2.49 0.00
0805525 LS 177" Rollup, 76" Height/Full Depth Compts, Raised Rear 3", PUC
NFPA 6.00 0.00 6.00
0805527 RS 177" Rollup, Full Height/Depth Compts, Raised Rear 3", 76"T, PUC 4x4
NFPA 6.00 0.00 6.00
0811354 Cabinet, Rr Fcng, Overhead, RS, 22 W x 10 H x 25 D, Imp/Vel FR NFPA 0.11 0.11 0.00 0811356 Cabinet, Rr Fcng, Overhead, LS, 22 W x 10 H x 25 D,Acc Pnl,Slide Tray,Imp/Vel FR
NFPA 0.11 0.11 0.00
0812268 Engine, Cummins X15, 525 hp, 1850 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Velocity, PUC-NG
NFPA 6.00 0.00 0.00
0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714
NFPA 1.20 0.00 0.00
0818317 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV, Rota-Bm,
81",RDAlyRRRwwRRRRDAlyR , Red Lens
NFPA 8.80 4.48 13.52
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 422
Electrical Analysis 11/17/2025
Bid #: 946
SLTF Velocity PUC 4x4 (Duplicate #37815) Sales Rep:

Organization:

Hansen, Brad
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: City Of South Lake Tahoe
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Vel WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00 0892637 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 1Lt Per Step NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0892704 Lights, Walk Surf, 8-P25 LED, Hose Bed Cover, Overall Height Restrictions
NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00
0894842 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, For Tail Lt Housings NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00 0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI S 0.00 0.00 0.00 Load Totals: 101.85 483.71 419.70
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply: 253.00
Demand: 101.85
Variance: 151.15
Total Connected Load
Supply: 369.00
Demand: 309.55
Variance: 59.45
Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items Alternator Output at Idle: 253.00 Alternator Output at Governed Speed: 369.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 423
Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number: 946 Chassis: Velocity Chassis, PUC-NG, 4x4 (Big Block) Department: City Of South Lake Tahoe Body: Pumper, PUC, Aluminum Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle: 35°
Axle Track: 85.66 in.

Wheel Offset: 6.12 in.

Tread Width: 16.3 in.

Chassis Overhang: 78 in.

Additional Bumper Depth: 0.00 in.

Front Overhang: 78 in.

Wheelbase: 179.5 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn: 20 ft. 2 in.

Curb to curb: 33 ft. 5 in.

Wall to wall: 36 ft. 8 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 11/17/2025
Category Option Description
Axle, Front, Custom 0517589 Axle, Front, Marmon Herrington MT-22 (FWD), 21,500 lb, w/assist, Impel/Velocity Wheels, Front 0077625 Wheels, Front, 22.50" x 13.00", Steel, Hub Pilot, 4x4, S-cam Bumpers 0569141 Bumper, 13" Extended, Steel, Painted, Imp/Vel Tires, Front 0899438 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply 424
Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices. 425
4 WARRANTIES

EXHIBIT C
GOLDENSTATEFIRE.COM
426
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months. Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
427
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
Velocity and Impel Custom Chassis
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Begins:

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies, where applicable, to Goldstar lamination, defroster heater coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the FET PWM module), heater, air conditioning condenser coil and fan/motor assembly, air conditioning evaporator coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the drain pan pump and thermostat), under seat heaters coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the FET PWM module),
HVAC electronic switches, HVAC hoses and hard lines,
heater water valve, Pierce PS6 seat frames and hardware, Pierce One-Eleven mirrors, Pierce hands-free scba holder, cracking or color loss of roto-molded components, Meritor rear axle, Wabco ABS system, cab door handles, Standen
spring suspension components, and the gauge instrument
cluster.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) Years, or
30,000 Miles, or
5000 Engine Hours
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 7/2/2015 WA0284
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 428
Cummins Warranty
Worldwide
Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks
429
Coverage
Products Warranted
This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by
Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after
April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck* applications Worldwide.

Base Engine Warranty
The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the
Engine which result, under normal use and service,
from a defect in material or factory workmanship
(Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the
sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs
first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user.

Engine aftertreatment components included in the
Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a
Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine
Warranty.

Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission
Warranty section.

These Warranties are made to all Owners in the
chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all
subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of
Coverage.

Cummins
Responsibilities
Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to
repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a
Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze,
filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance
items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable
Failure.

Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for
Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to
repair a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a
vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the
nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for
mechanics to travel to and from the location of the
vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when
the repair is performed at the site of the failure.

Owner
Responsibilities
Owner is responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins
Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also
responsible for providing proof that all recommended
maintenance has been performed.

Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty,
Owner must notify a Cummins distributor, authorized
dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins
of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine
available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also
deliver the Engine to the repair facility.

Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide
Service Locator at cummins.com.

Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil,
antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items
are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for communication expenses,
meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for
‘‘downtime’’ expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars)
deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The
deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty.

Limitations
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
430
exhaust fluid.

This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied
by Cummins which bear the name of another
company. Such non-warranted accessories include, but
are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air
conditioning compressors, clutches, filters,
transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps,
power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors.

Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered
for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from
the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user,
whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner
must submit adequate documentation to show that
consumption exceeds Cummins published standards.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are
not covered beyond the first year from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new
Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or
repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by
Cummins.

A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part
used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the
identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder.

Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate
Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of
failure analysis.

CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT
OF COVERED PARTS.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

THIS WARRANTY AND THE EMISSION WARRANTY

SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE

WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO
THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF

MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you
may also have other rights which vary from state to
state.

Emission
Warranty
Products Warranted
This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines
marketed by Cummins that are used in the United
States** in vehicles designed for transporting persons
or property on a street or highway. This Warranty
applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992.

Coverage
Cummins warrants to the first user and each
subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed,
built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations
applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which
would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation,
whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty.

If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is
registered in the state of California, a separate
California Emission Warranty also applies.

Limitations
Failures, other than those resulting from defects in
material or factory workmanship, are not covered by
this Warranty.

Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs,
‘‘downtime’’ expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.
431
Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
©2001 Cummins Inc.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
* Airport operated crash trucks and fire department
operated trucks employed to respond to fires,
hazardous material releases, rescue and other
emergency-type situations.
** United States includes American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09 2001 Cummins Inc.
432

TRW COMMERCIAL STEERING SYSTEMS
800 HEATH STREET
LAFAYETTE, INDIANA 47904

PRODUCT WARRANTY
I. WARRANTY: The Commercial Steering Systems group of TRW, Inc., hereinafter referred to as “CSS”, warrants that each new product supplied by CSS to its customer, when properly installed, used and maintained, shall be free from defect in material and workmanship for the period specified below:
(A) CSS Product installed in New On-highway Motor Vehicle:

Within twelve (12) months after date of delivery of such vehicle to the original retail purchaser, or before such vehicle has been driven one hundred thousand (100,000) miles, whichever event shall first occur. (B) CSS Product installed in New Agricultural, Turf, Industrial, or Construction Vehicles and Related Equipment:

Within twelve (12) months after date of delivery of such vehicle/equipment to the original retail purchaser or before such vehicle/equipment has been operated for two thousand (2000) hours or fifty thousand (50,000) miles, whichever occurs first. (C) CSS Product installed in New End Product, Not Specifically Mentioned in Classifications (A) or (B) Above and All Other Off-Highway/Severe Applications:

Within six (6) months after date of delivery of the original equipment manufacturer’s end product to the original retail purchaser.

II. REMEDY: Customer’s sole remedy under the foregoing warranty is limited to correction by means of repair, replacement or issuance of credit, at the option of CSS, of any product which is:
(A) Returned to CSS within the specified warranty time period, with prior notice to, and the written consent of, CSS, with transportation and handling charges prepaid, together with a statement describing the alleged defect, the part number, model number and application, and mileage or hours of use of such product; and (B) Upon examination, determined by CSS not to conform to the warranty.

III. Any product which is repaired or replaced under this warranty will be returned to customer prepaid. Disposition of any product determined not to be covered by this warranty will be at the customer’s expense.

IV. CSS will not be liable for any repairs, replacements, or adjustments to any product or any cost of labor performed by or at the request of customer without the express prior written consent of CSS.

V. EXCEPTIONS: The provision of this warranty shall not apply to any CSS product which is used for a purpose for which it is not designed, or which shall have been repaired or altered in any way, or which has been subject to misuse, negligence or accident, neglect of normal maintenance services, so as, in the judgement of CSS to adversely affect its performance and reliability. In no case will the CSS warranty exceed the standard published warranty of its customer in terms of time and/or distance. In all events, the CSS warranty will expire thirty (30) months after the date of manufacture as stamped on the Product. In the case of hydraulic equipment, operation with unapproved fluid or temperatures voids this warranty.

VI. EXCLUSION OF ALL OTHER REMEDIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY: Customer’s sole and exclusive remedy under the foregoing warranty shall be for the repair, replacement or issuance of credit with respect to a defective product, as set forth and described above. Other provisions hereof notwithstanding, CSS shall not be liable to Customer, or any successor in interest, beneficiary or assignee of Customer, based upon any claim against CSS, whether in contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability, indemnity or otherwise, for any special, consequential, incidental or other damages relating in any way to the design, manufacture, sale, installation or other use of any product purchased from CSS.

VII. EXCLUSION OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES: THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS THE EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY BY CSS AND IS IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER ORAL, WRITTEN, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

TRW COMMERCIAL STEERING SYSTEMS Revised November 2001
433

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Chassis Frame & Crossmembers
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail and cross members manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/16/2010 WA0038

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
434
MARMON‐HERRINGTON

PARTS AND COMPONENTS WARRANTY
Effective:  January 1, 2011
Warranty Description
This is to certify that we, Marmon‐Herrington Company will warrant each new chassis, assembly or component purchased by the buyer from Marmon‐Herrington or an Authorized Marmon‐Herrington dealer, and installed as original equipment against defects in material and workmanship under approved application use and service. Marmon‐ Herrington’s components are warranted for a period of 12 months or 12,000 miles from the “in‐service date” specified on the completed and returned “Warranty Registration Card.” Under no circumstances will warranty consideration be available after 18 months of original invoice date.

This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of: (1) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification, usage, or application differing from that which was originally approved by Marmon‐ Herrington; (2) accident, natural disaster, acts of god, climate, combat damage; (3) abuse or improper use, including loading beyond specified maximum vehicle or axle weight or adjusted engine power settings that exceed axle or transfer case input capacity; (4) improper or insufficient maintenance, to include use unapproved lubricant types or levels, or failure to follow published maintenance schedules; (5) costs incurred gaining access to components due to chassis or body design, or vehicle location.

This warranty does not include travel time, travel expenses or towing charges. This warranty does not cover any part or component not sold by Marmon‐Herrington.

This warranty provides for parts and labor at Marmon‐Herrington’s sole discretion. Marmon‐Herrington reserves the right to provide replacement parts directly to the repair facility. Labor hours are limited to the Marmon‐Herrington Standard Repair Time Table.

This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties expressed or implied, and of all other obligations or liabilities incurred by Marmon‐Herrington.

Marmon‐Herrington does not authorize any other entity to assume or express any liability in conjunction with the purchase or sale of Marmon‐ Herrington parts or components.

Repair Reporting
Owner/Operator must contact Marmon‐Herrington Customer Service prior to performing any repairs to receive Repair Authorization to be eligible for warranty reimbursement. This authorization does not guarantee reimbursement, but acknowledges that the vehicle or component is within the warranty period, and that a claim has been activated. It is the responsibility of the owner/operator to ensure that the repair facility acknowledges and complies with the guidelines of this policy.

At the time of Repair Authorization request, the following must be provided:
a) Marmon‐Herrington Sales Order Number
b) Vehicle Identification Number
c) Vehicle In‐Service Date
d) Current mileage
If a Warranty Registration Card is not on file, this must be completed before Repair Authorization can be issued.

Repair Procedure and Claim Filing
Repair facilities will submit a written estimate of costs after it is determined that a warrantable condition exists.

Estimates must contain the following information:
(a) List of all necessary parts required.
(b) Labor costs for disassembly, inspection and diagnosis. (c) Current labor rate.

Repair Orders and Invoices
Repair orders, claims and/or invoices must contain the following:
(a) Authorization number
(b) Customer’s name, address, and contact information
(c) Vehicle Identification Number
(d) Component Model and Serial Number
Note: Miscellaneous items such as shop supplies, environmental charges, or “default administrative costs” will not be paid. All materials and supplies must be itemized and clearly defined. Any sublet repairs must have an accompanying invoice from the original vendor.

Marmon‐Herrington reserves the right to withhold payment until failed parts are returned for analysis. A Return Authorization will be issued at the time replacement parts are shipped.

While Marmon‐Herrington operates a full‐service parts department, replacement parts for warranty repairs must be obtained through Marmon‐Herrington Customer Service to be eligible for warranty reimbursement. Claims that include parts purchased through other sources will be subject to cost adjustment.

Service Parts are warranted for a period of ninety (90) days or five thousand (5,000) miles, whichever occurs first. All other regular warranty conditions apply.

Remember to visit our website for parts and repair manuals, detailed component information and available services.

Marmon‐Herrington Company
13001 Magisterial Drive
Louisville, KY 40223
800.227.0727 General
502.379.6699 Customer Service
marmon‐herrington.com

435
New for 2011!
Dana Holding Corporation is pleased to announce a change in our standard warranty for fire/rescue vehicles. All steer and drive axles will now come with a 5 year / 100,000 mile warranty. For further information, please go to www.roadranger.com.

Dana Holding Corporation is working with chassis manufactures to supply a 24K front steer beam with a 5 ¼’ drop. We have listened to your requests for a slightly higher GAWR for single axle aerials. Not all fire stations can accommodate a long wheel base application. This allows manufactures to meet the limited length requirements for smaller fire houses. Please submit your requests through our website. Please indicate on the application your need for 24K GAWR.

Finally, our drive axles will accommodate simultaneous auxiliary braking.

Dana axles are built tough and were design with Telma retarders in mind.

Submit your application for single or tandem designation.

Dana Holding Corporation will work with you to provide the best drive train solution with the best warranty in the fire/rescue industry. For additional information please contact:

Alan Manzon
Account Manager – Specialty Markets
Dana Holding Corporation
One Village Center Dr.

Van Buren Twp., MI 48111-5711
Phone: (734)629-1141
Cell: (269)312-3220
[email protected]
Grace Lake Corporate Center
1 Village Center Drive
Van Buren Township, Michigan 48111
www.dana.com
436
)LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV
Coverage:
7KUHH

<HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS
0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description
/,0,7(':$55$17<
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) Year Warranty Period
Ends After:

The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
(;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
%8<(5
6(;&/86,9(5(0('<
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/25/2013 WA0232
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 437

WARRANTY
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.

MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P
438
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2
WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Aerial Ladder Truck
• Aerial Platform
• Ambulance
• Auto Hauler
• Beverage Truck
• Bulk Hauler
• Chip Hauler (Truck)
• Cross Country Coach
• Doubles
• Flatbed
• Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
• Front Engine Integral
Coach
• General Freight
• Grain Hauler
• Intercity Coach
• Intermodal Chassis
• Livestock Hauler
• Meat Packer
• Moving Van
• Municipal Truck
• Pipe Hauler
• Platform Auto Hauler
• Pumper
• Rear Engine Integral Coach
• Recreational Vehicles
• Refrigerated Freight
• School Bus
• Stake Truck
• Tanker
• Tanker Truck
• Triples
• Tour Bus
• Wrecker

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS
• High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
• Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction

GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
Trailer Lift Axle Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L
Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L
Aerodynamics
OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P
OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)3
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves
1/100/P&L
OptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT)
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 3/300/P&L
WABCO Components1 (cont.)
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P
MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and
1/Unl/L
Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P
Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
439
1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.

WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&L Air Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
3/300/P&L
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Trailer ABS Valve3
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Driveline Suspension Control
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Trailer MAXX22T™ 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick-Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special
Gravel Trains
• Michigan Special
Log Hauler
• Michigan Special
Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special
Waste Vehicle
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll-Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi-End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck

HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES

HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION

HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile
440
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES

INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

TYPICALLY IS
• Low mileage operation3
• Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components.

INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/Unl/P
Air Dryers (ALL)
Brake Actuation
Air/Hydraulic Actuators
2/Unl/P
Master Cylinders
Remote Actuators
Slave and Wheel Cylinders
Two Fluid Actuators
Brake Locks
Brake Locks (ALL)
Electric Brake Locks 2/Unl/P
Lever Locks
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 1/100/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls
1/100/P&L
Leveling Valves
Electrohydraulics & Controls
Electronic Pedals
Electrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV) 2/Unl/P
Pressure Switches
Hydraulic Braking Solutions
Accumulator Charging Valves
Hydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches 2/Unl/P
Modulating Brake Valves
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
Market Common Application Types
Agriculture
Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag
Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage
Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart
Airport Support
Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow
Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks,
Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment,
Runway Clearing Equipment
Construction
All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane,
Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road
Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck,
Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders,
Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts,
Trenchers, Drills
Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard
Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers
Material Handling
Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring
Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor
Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift
Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms
Mining
Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck,
Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel
Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps,
Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers
Municipal
Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks,
Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat
Bed Trucks, Winch Applications
Oil & Gas
Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives,
Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On /
Load-Off
Rail
Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform
Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment,
Winch Applications
441

ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC),
ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE®,
ONGUARD® AND ONLANE®, COLLECTIVELY
“ELECTRONICS”
Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage
condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.)

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is
used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB1367.

COVERAGE LIMITATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program.

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P.

For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply.

TOOLBOX PLUS™ DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE
Proper diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™. Additional labor due
to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™ software
and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™ are not covered under product
warranty.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component
parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken,
chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors,
harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors damaged during
removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine WABCO components or
materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO
name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as a ZF product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed
adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction
of the component due to internal contamination of the
vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a
non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated
with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections).

AIR DRYERS
Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only.

AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs,
valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals.
442
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American
subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede ZF’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire.

Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date.

Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle inservice date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly. Failure to notify ZF of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial inservice date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ZF, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity), or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5) To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM dealer or ZF distributor networks' servicer. The dealer or ZF authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF authorized servicer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM

EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET

FORTH HEREIN IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF

LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR WARRANTY FOR HIDDEN OR

LATENT DEFECTS, AND IN NO EVENT WILL ZF OR ANY OF ITS

AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

PROGRESSIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
443
(7) Legal action. Any legal action or claim arising from or related to this Warranty, in contract or otherwise, must be commenced within one year from the accrual of that cause of action, or be barred forever. Any dispute arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan and be brought, heard and determined exclusively in either the Circuit Court for the County of Oakland, State of Michigan or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The parties stipulate that the referenced venues are convenient.
(8) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at ZF's option. ZF reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to ZF for review
and evaluation. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, IF ANY, OF ZF FOR ALL

DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT

DAMAGES, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

LIABILITY, OR OTHER TORT, IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT and where
indicated in the product and application warranty information above, the inclusion of labor is limited to the standard repair time. THE

PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION

OF DAMAGES PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH

SURVIVES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL END USER AND ZF EVEN IF

THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE IS DEEMED TO FAIL
OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. ZF may change the design or make improvements to its Products without incurring any warranty obligation for previously manufactured Product .
(9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ZF and the Owner about warranty and no, ZF employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of ZF unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of ZF.
444
About ZF Friedrichshafen AG
ZF is a global technology company and supplies systems for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and industrial technology, enabling the next generation of mobility. ZF allows vehicles to see, think and act. In the four technology domains Vehicle Motion Control, Integrated Safety, Automated Driving, and Electric Mobility, ZF offers comprehensive solutions for established vehicle manufacturers and newly emerging transport and mobility service providers. ZF electrifies different kinds of vehicles. With its products, the company contributes to reducing emissions and protecting the climate.

ZF, which acquired WABCO Holdings Inc. on May 29, 2020, now has 160,000 employees worldwide with approximately 260 locations in 41 countries. In 2019, the two then-independent companies achieved sales of €36.5 billion (ZF) and $3.4 billion (WABCO). For more information, visit: www.wabco-na.com
© 2021 ZF CV Systems North America LLC - All rights reserved - SP1375 / 2.2021 For further product details contact your distributor or the WABCO Customer Care Center at 855-228-3203.
445
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0012

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Cab
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
446

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Cab
Ten (10) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0055

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
447
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0014

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are not covered under this limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship
Command Zone Electronics
Five (5) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
448
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 1/11/2011 WA0188

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
54 Months Material and Workmanship
Camera System
Fifty - Four (54) months Warranty Period
Ends After:

Warranty Begins: The date of delivery.

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision
camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
449

NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY

PARTICIPATING OEM SALES

DISTRIBUTOR SALES

LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS

USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS
Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations.

WHAT IS COVERED
 WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period.  REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances.  TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.
 PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.”  OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs.
 TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty.  WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception:

Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers).

If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty.

APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE

WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
(Whichever occurs first)

ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE

APPLICABLE PAID BY THE CUSTOMER
MODELS
Months
Transmission Miles
Or Kilometers Parts Labor
MT, MD
3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series,
2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge
HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD
1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS
2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS,
3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000,
4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700,
4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS
0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge

450

WHAT IS NOT COVERED
 DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT, MISUSE, or ALTERATION — Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following are not covered:
— Flood, collision, fire, theft, freezing, vandalism, riot, explosion, or objects striking the vehicle; — Misuse of the vehicle;
— Installation into unapproved applications and installations; — Alterations or modification of the transmission or the vehicle, and — Damage resulting from improper storage (refer to long-term storage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual) — Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged, scrapped, junked, or totaled.  CHASSIS, BODY, and COMPONENTS — The chassis and body company (assemblers) and other component and equipment manufacturers are solely responsible for warranties on the chassis, body, component(s), and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by an alteration(s) made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s).  DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by the USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in the OPERATOR’S MANUAL — Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered:
— Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintenance schedule intervals applicable to the transmission; — Failure to use transmission fluids or maintain transmission fluid levels recommended in the Operator’s Manual.  MAINTENANCE — Normal maintenance (such as replacement of filters, screens, and transmission fluid) is not covered and is the owner’s responsibility.
 REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS — Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered.
 USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS — Defects and damage caused by the use of parts that are not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered.  EXTRA EXPENSES — Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but are not limited to: loss of vehicle use; inconvenience; storage; payment for loss of time or pay; vehicle rental expense; lodging; meals; or other travel costs.  “DENIED PARTY” OWNERSHIP — Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non-participating OEMs, dealers or distributors who perform warranty work for, or on behalf of, end users identified by the United States as being a “denied party” or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. Furthermore, warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control laws or regulations as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or the U.S. Department of Treasury.

OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFINED by the MAGNUSON-MOSS WARRANTY ACT This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state.

Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions.

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY.

PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR

CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES) RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.** ** Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.

OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END-USERS

THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED

ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON

TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.

QUESTIONS
If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations, you may contact any Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer or write to:

Allison Transmission, Inc.

P.O. Box 894
Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894
Attention: Warranty Administration PF-9
Form SE0616EN (201009)

451
Warranty Begins:

The transmission cooler shall be free from component or structural failures caused by defects in material and/or workmanship. Collateral damage up to $10,000 per
occurrence is available for the first three (3) years.
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Five (5) Years on Oil Cooler and three (3) years on collateral damage coverage
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship - Transmission Oil Cooler Three (3) Year Collateral Damage Coverage

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The date of delivery to the first retail purchaser.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents,
misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage damage (freezing), negligence or modification. This warranty is void if any modification or repairs are performed without authorization. This also voids any future warranty.

This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs due to lack of required maintenance services as
recommended. Performance of the required maintenance
and use of proper fluids are the responsibility of the owner.

Towing is covered to the nearest distributor or authorized dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.

Labor costs for the removal and reinstallation of goods may be covered when necessary to make repairs. Please contact your OEM for authorization.

Replacement of cooler during the warranty period is limited to 100% of reasonable labor costs up to a maximum of $700 to remove, replace, or repair the oil cooler.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/22/2012 WA0216
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 452
Limited Lifetime Warranty
Effective as of January 1, 2024

1. General. United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. (the
"Company") warrants to the owner (the “Owner”) that
the products set forth on Exhibit A, attached hereto (the "Product") will be reasonably free from defects in
materials and workmanship for the service life of the
Product. This Limited Lifetime Warranty (the
“Warranty”) only applies to Company Products that are:
(a) owned by a federal, state, county or local
government, a volunteer fire department or dedicated
commercial fire service operation; (b) continuously and actively used in emergency response and/or fire
suppression vehicles; and (c) used, stored, handled
and installed in the manner recommended by
Company.

2. Warranty Obligations. Subject to the exclusions and
limitations set forth in this Warranty, Company will, at its option, repair or offer a one (1) time replacement of the Product without charge, if the Product fails or does not perform as warranted during the warranty period due to
a manufacturing defect or a defect in materials. Repair or replacement shall include reasonable labor charges
necessary to repair or replace the defective Product but shall not include: (a) the costs associated with removal of the Product from the vehicle or the cost to otherwise provide access to the Product in the vehicle; (b) the cost associated with any required upgrades the vehicle
(including, without limitation, upgrades required to
strengthen the vehicle’s frame); or (c) travel costs,
except as provided by Section 3. Company's obligation
as to repair or replacement shall further be limited to repair or replacement with the models of the Product
that are available at the time of the repair or
replacement, and shall be limited to the repair or
replacement of only the specific Product that fails due to a manufacturing defect. In the event a Product
becomes unavailable or cannot be supplied by
Company for any reason a substitute Product of equal
quality and functionality of the subject Product may be substituted by Company. Any repaired Product shall
remain subject to this Warranty and any repair shall not extend the warranty period in any manner or start a new warranty period. Any Product that is replaced by
Company shall be excluded from this Warranty. In no
event shall Company be required to expend, in any one
(1) or series of expenditures, more than the purchase
price of the Product to repair or replace a defective
Product. Amounts expended by Company shall include
all amounts paid by Company in connection the repair
or replacement, including without limitation, amounts
paid to third-parties, material costs, incidental costs and travel costs (except as provided by Section 3).

3. Travel; Expenses; Product Access. Company shall
be responsible for any travel costs incurred to repair or replace the Product provided that: (a) the Product is
located in the continental United States or Canada; and (ii) the warranty claim is initiated prior to the date on which NFPA 1912 Standards (Annex D) recommends
replacement of the Product. All other travel costs
incurred by Company or its agents to repair or replace
the Product shall be the responsibility of the party
asserting the warranty claim. Company reserves the
right to require, as a condition to undertaking any repair or replacement: (y) pre-payment of its anticipated travel costs; and (z) satisfactory arraignments concerning
scheduling and access to the Product. If the subject
Product is located in an area of the world considered, in Company’s sole discretion, to be unsafe Company may
refuse to process the claim or require relocation of the Product, at no expense to Company, to an area where
such repairs can be performed safely by Company or
its agents. In the event Company or Company’s agents
are dispatched to repair or replace a defective Product and the vehicle in which the Product has been installed is not available or the Product is not readily accessible, for any reason, Company or Company’s agents, as the
case may be, shall be immediately reimbursed for all
expenses incurred therewith.

4. Exclusions: Products must be stored, handled,
installed, used and maintained in accordance with
instructions provided by Company, and this Warranty is
conditioned upon compliance with all such instructions.

This Warranty does not cover defects caused by: (a)
improper installation; (b) modification, alteration or
repair of the Product by any unauthorized third-party;
(c) misuse, including, without limitation, improper
453
storage or handling of the Product (e.g. excessive
exposure to UV rays); chemical abuse (e.g. harsh
cleansers and solvents), thermal abuse or shock (e.g.
excessive heat or cold); (d) damage not resulting from
manufacturing defects that occur while the Product is
not in Company’s possession (e.g. accidents); or (e)
unreasonable or unintended use of the Product. Copies
of the Company's operation and maintenance
instructions are available on the Company's website
https://www.unitedplastic.com/upf-documents/

5. Disclaimer. THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH

HEREIN ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES MADE BY
COMPANY IN CONNECTION WITH THE PRODUCT.

COMPANY CAN NOT AND DOES NOT MAKE ANY

IMPLIED OR EXPRESS WARRANTIES WITH

RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT, AND DISCLAIMS ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT

LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTY OF

MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. PRODUCTS SOLD BY

COMPANY ARE SOLD ONLY TO THE

SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH BY
COMPANY IN WRITING. OTHER THAN THE LIMITED

WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREIN, COMPANY

MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED. COMPANY'S SOLE OBLIGATION UNDER

THIS WARRANTY SHALL BE REPAIR OR
REPLACEMENT OF NON-CONFORMING PRODUCT.

BUYER ASSUMES ALL RISK WHATSOEVER AS TO

THE RESULT OF THE USE OF THE PRODUCT

PURCHASED, WHETHER USED SINGULARLY OR IN

COMBINATION WITH ANY OTHER PRODUCTS OR
SUBSTANCES.

6. Limitation of Liability. NO CLAIM BY OWNER OF

ANY KIND, INCLUDING CLAIMS FOR

INDEMNIFICATION, SHALL BE GREATER IN

AMOUNT THAN THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE

PRODUCT IN RESPECT TO WHICH DAMAGES ARE
CLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COMPANY BE

LIABLE TO OWNER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR

OTHERWISE, FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT,

INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING,

WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OBLIGATION OF

COMPANY TO REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY

CHASSIS, SUB-FRAMES, BODIES, VALVES,

DUMPS, HOSES, PRESSURE VACUUM VENTS OR

OTHER SIMILAR COMPONENTS), RELIANCE,

STATUTORY, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY

DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,

LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF USE, LOSS OF TIME,

LOSS OF REVENUES, INCONVENIENCE, LOSS

BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES, OR DAMAGE TO

GOOD WILL OR REPUTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED

OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR

SUCH DAMAGES COULD HAVE BEEN

REASONABLY FORESEEN, IN CONNECTION WITH,

ARISING OUT OF, OR AS A RESULT OF, THE SALE,

DELIVERY, SERVICING, USE OR LOSS OF USE OF

THE PRODUCTS SOLD HEREUNDER, OR FOR ANY

LIABILITY OF BUYER TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITH
RESPECT THERETO.

7. Reformation. If any term or provision of this Warranty shall be held or deemed to be, or shall in fact be, invalid, inoperative, illegal or unenforceable as applied in any case or in any jurisdiction or jurisdictions because of the conflicting nature of any provision with any constitution or statute or rule of public policy or for any other reason, then: (a) such circumstance shall not have the effect of rendering the provision or provisions in question invalid, inoperative, illegal or unenforceable in any other
jurisdiction or in any other case or circumstance or of rendering any other provision or provisions herein
contained invalid, inoperative, illegal or unenforceable to the extent that such other provisions are not
themselves actually in conflict with such constitution, statute or rule of public policy; and (b) any such
invalid, inoperative, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed in any such jurisdiction or case so that such provision would be valid, operative and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted in
such jurisdiction or case.

8. Headings. The headings contained herein are for
convenience and reference only, and shall be given no
effect in the interpretation of any term or condition of this Warranty.

9. Submitting a Warranty Claim. To request coverage
under this Warranty you must submit a claim through
Company’s_website:
https://www.unitedplastic.com/contact/product-support/

10. Transferability. This Warranty is transferable and
entitles the transferee to coverage for the remainder of the original warranty period.

11. Modification. This Warranty may be modified (a) as
set forth on a binding sales order for the Product or (b) by a written agreement between Company and the
Owner.
454
Exhibit A
Covered Product List
 Poly-Tanks®
 PolySide® Wetside Tanks
 Defender™ Skid Tanks
 Ellip-T™ Elliptical Tanks
 ARFF Tanks
455
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0009

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the body tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the body of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Apparatus Body
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

The apparatus body shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
456
Effective March 15, 2010
AMDOR Inc. TERMS OF BUSINESS AND GENERAL INFORMATION
Warranty:

All AMDOR Inc. roll-up door products are warranted for a period of 10 years from the date of delivery (with the exception of wet paint adhesion - please see below). AMDOR Inc. liability covers the replacement or repair of any component that fails due to defects in material and / or workmanship during the coverage period. We accept no liability for claims made for damages to any part (or parts) of a vehicle and / or machine (of any type) or injury claims by a person or persons assumed or alleged to have been brought about by the use or misuse of any product supplied by AMDOR Inc. Warranty coverage does not extend to door attachments including (but not limited to) decals, emblems, stripes and adhesives.

In order to initiate the claims process please contact your authorized representative of AMDOR Inc. Warranty claims must be accompanied by a written description providing full and reasonable details as to the nature of the defect. Upon receipt of your claim arrangements will be made to inspect the defective product (if necessary). Justified warranty claims will be repaired, exchanged, or credited to the customer's account at AMDOR Inc.'s discretion. All warranty claims must be approved in writing by the Customer Service Manager for AMDOR Inc. There are no exceptions to this clause.

Limited warranty coverage includes the labor associated with the disassembly and assembly of products deemed to be defective by AMDOR Inc. Labor allowances are based on a set time schedule as determined by AMDOR Inc. The maximum allowable hourly labor rate is $ 50. All warranty labor claims must be approved in writing by an authorized representative of AMDOR Inc. prior to commencement of work. Allowances for removal and installation:

Curtain replacement: 3/4 hour
Balancer replacement: 1 hour
Door ajar switch 3/4 hour
Bottom Panel Assembly: 1/2 hour
Slat replacement: 3/4 hour
Door removal and replacement 1 1/2 hours
Items authorized for return must be accompanied by a Return Goods Authorization (RGA) number. We will accept collect shipments of items deemed to be defective provided that they are returned via the most economical carrier. Should items be 457
returned by means other than the most economical carrier the difference will be charged back to the sender.

AMDOR Inc. reserves the right to reject any claim when a product has been opened, interfered with or modified. Claims may also be rejected when damage to the product (or any sub-assembly) has been brought about by accident, misuse, abuse, vandalism, incorrect installation, temperature extremes, chemical exposure or any factor other than regular operating conditions.

Limited Wet Paint Match Adhesion Warranty
AMDOR Inc. warrants wet paint finishes applied by AMDOR utilizing our approved factory paint specification. All wet paint match colors must be approved in writing by an authorized OEM representative. AMDOR Inc. will provide a color spray out for this purpose. The time required for shipping and consideration of initial color spray outs will be considered over and above stated lead times. Warranty coverage will extend for a period of not less than 5 years from the date of delivery as determined by AMDOR Inc.'s Packing Slip. AMDOR reserves the right to determine whether individual units will be replaced and / or repaired by an AMDOR approved vendor. An allowance will be made for labor associated with the disassembly and assembly of individual units at the prescribed hourly rate of $ 50 per hour. Compensation for labor will not exceed the maximum time allowance permitted for door removal and replacement. Written approval including specified allowance for time must be obtained from AMDOR prior to initiating work. Warranty coverage will extend to the following visible paint system defects:

1./ Loss of mechanical adhesion as evidenced by peeling, cracking or blistering which exposes the substrate material.

2./ Corrosion of the substrate due to paint system failure.

3./ Fading which results in a substantial departure from the primary AMDOR approved body color.

Wet paint adhesion limited warranty coverage will be excluded when damages to the system are determined by AMDOR Inc. to be a result of the following:

1./ Damage caused through the use of attachments including (but not limited to) decals, labels, adhesives, non factory approved coatings.

2./ Loss of gloss, discoloration or damage due to improper maintenance (including but not limited to) mechanical wash systems, pressure washers, steam cleaners, non approved wash or polishing agents.

3./ Abuse, acts of nature, excessive heat / cold, chemical exposure, vandalism and / or accidents.

4./ Scratches, chips, abrasions, or dents from any source.

This document supercedes all previous written and / or verbal warranties provided by AMDOR Inc. and / or it's affiliates.
458

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Six (6) Year Material and Workmanship
PUC Pump
Six (6) Years
- or -
3000 Pump Hours
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

The PUC Pump and its components manufactured under the
Pierce brand in its Fire and Rescue Apparatus vehicle shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and
workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0039

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies to the PUC Pump and all its components manufactured under the Pierce brand. Items not manufactured under the Pierce brand such as valves, relief valves or wear items such as wear rings, seals, bearings or costs of removal, transporting, storing, or reinstallation are not covered by this six-year limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
459
Warranty Begins:

Stainless steel piping shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship, or
perforation caused by corrosion.
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship
Stainless Steel Piping

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

Pierce’s obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing without charge, as Pierce may elect, the
stainless steel piping or components which Pierce
determines to have failed due to defective material and workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion.

This warranty does not cover the use of fluoroprotein (FP) type foam. The sodium chloride within FP foam can cause long-term damage to system components if not thoroughly flushed immediately after use.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 3/22/2012 WA0035
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 460
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents,
misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage damage (freezing), negligence or modification. This warranty is void if any modification or repairs are performed without authorization. This also voids any future warranty.

This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs due to lack of required maintenance services as
recommended. Performance of the required maintenance
and use of proper fluids are the responsibility of the owner.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

One (1) Year & Five (5) Year Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 1/30/2013 WA0231
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Foam System & Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship Control Head
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Limited warranty 1 year parts and labor for for the foam system and 5 years parts and labor for the control head.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
461
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0057

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Custom Body
Ten (10) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the body shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
462
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/22/2010 WA0018

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not cover damage from lack of
maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and
maintenance manual).

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
Goldstar® Gold Leaf Lamination
Three (3) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Each Goldstar® gold leaf lamination shall be free from
defects in material and workmanship.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
463
5 DEALER SUPPLIED

PRODUCT /

SERVICES LIST

EXHIBIT D
GOLDENSTATEFIRE.COM
464
1 PROPOSAL INTRDUCTION
With over three decades of industry expertise, Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (GSFA) proudly stands as the premier authorized dealership for top-tier fire apparatus in Central and Northern California. Our steadfast commitment to detail and customer satisfaction has earned us a trusted reputation among first responders.

We sincerely appreciate the opportunity to present this comprehensive proposal for a PIERCE MANUFACTURING, INC. VELOCITY 4X4 PUC PUMPER. Your consideration of this proposal is greatly valued, and we are eager for the opportunity to support your department with the highest level of excellence and professionalism.

DEALER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. (GSFA) will furnish the following items and/or services before final delivery so that all necessary components and support are in place, contributing to an efficient final delivery process. Please refer to the detailed list below for a comprehensive overview of the products and/or services included:

AUTHORIZED MANUFACTURER
In accordance with the State of California Vehicle Code, specifically Section 11701, it is mandated that "every manufacturer of a vehicle subject to registration shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) for a license containing a general distinguishing number." The manufacturer, as of the proposal submission, holds a valid license in compliance with this requirement and is prepared to furnish a copy upon request. This adherence to regulatory standards ensures that the manufacturer maintains a current and official status, promoting transparency and compliance with legal requirements throughout the duration of the proposal and subsequent processes.

AUTHORIZED DEALERSHIP
In compliance with the State of California Vehicle Code, specifically Section 11701, it is mandated that "a dealer in vehicles of a type subject to registration shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) for a license containing a general distinguishing number." Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. possesses a valid license at the time of the bid, as detailed above, and can promptly provide a copy upon request. This adherence to regulatory standards ensures that the dealership maintains a current and official status, promoting transparency and compliance with legal requirements throughout the duration of the proposal and subsequent processes.

AUTHORIZED SALES REPRESENTATIVE
In accordance with the State of California Vehicle Code, specifically Section 11800, it is expressly prohibited for any individual to function as a vehicle salesperson without obtaining a license issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV). The representative, at the time of 465
2 proposal, holds a valid vehicle salesperson's license and is ready to furnish a copy upon request.

This adherence to regulatory standards ensures that the sales representative maintains a current and official status, promoting transparency and compliance with legal requirements throughout the bidding process and subsequent phases.

VEHICLE REGISTRATION
In adherence to the State of California Vehicle Code Section 11739, it is mandated that the "dealer of a new motor vehicle sale is responsible for applying for the title, securing vehicle registration, and obtaining license plates for the Customer" through the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV). Being a factory-authorized dealer of the vehicle being sold, Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. is duly authorized to register the vehicle with the State of California as a new vehicle manufacturer.

GSFA is committed to facilitating an excellent vehicle ownership experience for the customer.

As such, we will manage all necessary applications and complete all transfer papers, including the application for California Exempt "E" license plates. This approach ensures compliance with regulatory requirements and a hassle-free registration process for our valued customers.

WEEKLY PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
GSFA is committed to ensuring transparency and comprehensive reporting throughout the construction process of the apparatus. To achieve this, GSFA will provide weekly photographs capturing various stages of the apparatus or major components under construction.

Commencing from the initiation of the manufacturing process, the photographic documentation will extend throughout the entire production phase by the manufacturer. These weekly reports will offer a visual representation of the ongoing progress of the apparatus, highlighting key milestones and showcasing unique features and aspects as construction unfolds.

Our focus is to provide customers with a clear and detailed insight into the evolution of the apparatus, fostering a deeper understanding of the craftsmanship and distinct elements incorporated during the construction process. This commitment to regular, visual updates aims to enhance communication and transparency regarding the progress of the apparatus.

PRE-CONSTRUCTION, FACTORY VISIT
A pre-construction trip to the manufacturing facility is included for four (4) Customer representatives. The primary objective of review and finalize, in detail, the specifications prior to the start of production. The pre-construction trip is anticipated to span four (4) days and three (3) nights, with scheduling details collaboratively determined between GSFA and the Customer.
466
3 GSFA will cover the costs associated with airfare, lodging, meals, and ground transportation during the stay at the manufacturer's location. Air travel will be arranged from one of the following airports: Sacramento, San Francisco, or San Jose.

It is important to note that certain costs, including Customer ground transportation within California, airport parking, luggage fees, and incidental expenses during travel to the factory, fall within the responsibility of the Customer. Furthermore, flight reservations are nonrefundable, and in the event of a cancellation post-booking, the Customer will bear all associated costs, encompassing not only the original ticket cost but also any change or cancellation fees levied by the airline and/or travel agency. Additionally, flight reservations are non-transferable. This delineation aims to establish clarity and transparency regarding the allocation of responsibilities and potential costs associated with the pre-construction trip.

FINAL INSPECTION, FACTORY VISIT
A final inspection trip to the manufacturing facility is included for four (4) Customer representatives. The primary objective of this visit is to ensure the adherence of the apparatus to specifications and promptly identify any potential deficiencies. The final inspection trip is anticipated to span four (4) days and three (3) nights, with scheduling details collaboratively determined between GSFA and the Customer.

GSFA will cover the costs associated with airfare, lodging, meals, and ground transportation during the stay at the manufacturer's location. Air travel will be arranged from one of the following airports: Sacramento, San Francisco, or San Jose.

It is important to note that certain costs, including Customer ground transportation within California, airport parking, luggage fees, and incidental expenses during travel to the factory, fall within the responsibility of the Customer. Furthermore, flight reservations are nonrefundable, and in the event of a cancellation post-booking, the Customer will bear all associated costs, encompassing not only the original ticket cost but also any change or cancellation fees levied by the airline and/or travel agency. Additionally, flight reservations are non-transferable. This delineation aims to establish clarity and transparency regarding the allocation of responsibilities and potential costs associated with the final inspection trip.

DELIVERY TO AUTHORIZED SERVICE FACILITY
GSFA will deliver the apparatus to our Northern California facility located in Sacramento for a comprehensive dealer preparation inspection. This service, conducted at the expense of GSFA, aims to have the apparatus in optimal condition at the time of final delivery.

To ensure the proper break-in of all components while still under warranty, the apparatus will be delivered under its own power. The use of rail or truck freight for transportation is deemed unacceptable in order to uphold the highest standards of quality assurance during the delivery 467
4 process. This approach not only aligns with warranty considerations but also emphasizes the commitment to delivering a fully operational apparatus to our valued customers.

PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE
Before reaching its final destination, the apparatus undergoes a pre-delivery service conducted by Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service, Inc. This service is designed to tap into the expertise of an external source, providing an experienced perspective that enhances the thoroughness of your final inspection. Our pre-delivery service covers the following areas:

1. Engine Compartment and Undercarriage:
• Inspect for broken mounting brackets.
• Inspect and identify locations of any fluid leaks.
• General inspection of hoses, wiring, and linkage, focusing on potential wear points. • Verify correct fluid capacities for engine oil, coolant, power steering fluid, washer reservoir fluid, transmission fluid, rear-end fluid, pump transmission oil, and primer oil if applicable.
• Re-torque U-bolts to OEM specifications if equipped with leaf spring suspension (Pierce Custom chassis only).

2. Interior:
• Confirm proper operation of doors, windows, and locks, ensuring accurate adjustment.
• Confirm proper operation of seatbelt alarms.
• Confirm proper operation of all compartment door alarms, as well as hose bed cover, ladder rack, light tower, and deck gun alarms.
• Ensure functionality of auxiliary power points, interior lighting, mirror, and seat controls, and if applicable - headsets and radios.
• Inspect upholstery for quality and condition.

3. Exterior:
• Address reasonable paint scratches or chips.
• Tighten any loose hardware.
• Inspect tires and wheels, ensure proper pressure.
• Check compartment doors for proper operation and latch fit. • Lubricate compartment door locks if applicable.

4. Road Test:
• Conduct a road test with a full water tank (if applicable), covering approximately twenty miles on both city and highway roads.
468
5 • Perform a DOT compliant brake test to verify the system is holding air. • Inspect brake condition, wheel seals, and ensure drive train components reach optimal operating temperatures.
• Conduct an Allison Transmission self-diagnostic to verify fluid level, fluid and filter life, and check for fault codes.

5. Electrical:
• Verify the operation of all lights, sirens, and other electrical accessories.

6. Pump:
• Operate the Pressure Governor or Relief Valve, transfer valve, and check pump shift. • Inspect water tank, pump and plumbing for leaks and calibrate the water level gauge.
• Ensure smooth operation of all discharge, suction, and drain valves.

7. Pierce Husky™ Foam System:
• If applicable, draft and inject clean water to ensure proper operation of the foam pump.

8. Fuel and DEF Tanks:
• Fill the fuel tank and DEF tank prior to final delivery.

9. Wash:
• Thoroughly wash the apparatus prior to final delivery.

This pre-delivery service assists the apparatus to meet our high standards of quality and operational efficiency before reaching its final destination.

FINAL DELIVERY (CUSTOMER LOCATION)
GSFA will deliver the completed Product, inclusive of any relevant equipment, spare parts, and supplies, to the Customer's specified address at GSFA's expense.

In preparation for the Product's delivery, the Customer is required to furnish GSFA with proof of liability and physical damage insurance. GSFA will withhold the release of the Product until such proof of insurance is provided.

To ensure a timely delivery process, it is incumbent upon the Customer to settle any outstanding balance owed to GSFA before or at the time the Product is completed and ready for delivery. In the event of delayed payment or delivery, GSFA reserves the right to impose a 469
6 late fee and daily storage charge as outlined in the Standard Terms and Conditions until payment is received.

For compliance with insurance liability considerations, the Product will only be delivered upon full acceptance and full payment, or through a prior written agreement mutually reached between the Customer and GSFA. This ensures a secure and efficient finalization of the delivery process, aligning with both parties' obligations and safeguarding against potential liabilities.

COMPREHENSIVE SALES AND SERVICE SUPPORT
At GSFA, we understand that immediate response is essential - and the service and support of your apparatus should be no different. Since our founding in 1989, our mission has been to provide first responders with the highest quality, most reliable fire and emergency apparatus from top-tier manufacturers. We specialize in guiding our customers through the entire process - from apparatus evaluation and customization to final inspection - and ensuring years of reliable service through our Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service (GSEVS) division.

Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service (GSEVS)
Established in 2014, GSEVS is committed to building long-term, collaborative relationships by providing exceptional warranty and technical support. Our services cover a wide range of needs, including chassis, electrical systems, pump, aerial, routine maintenance, equipment mounting, and pump testing - with priority given to new units sold by GSFA. Our goal is to deliver prompt, professional service and unwavering support for your apparatus.

Sacramento Facility
Our Sacramento location features a 33,814-square-foot facility with 14 working bays and a 4,500- square-foot, two-story parts distribution department. Conveniently located near Highway 99 with easy access to Interstates 80 and 50, we are positioned to serve you efficiently.

Tracy Facility (Opening Fall 2025)
Our second location in Tracy will expand our service capacity with a 49,634-square-foot facility featuring 21 working bays and a parts department equal in size to our Sacramento facility. Strategically located within the "Tracy Triangle" - bordered by I-580, I-205, and I-5 - this facility will enhance our ability to serve customers in the Bay Area and beyond.

Certified and Experienced Technicians
Our service team includes factory-trained professionals certified by Pierce, ASE, and EVT. They undergo regular training to stay current on chassis, electrical systems, and aerial devices, ensuring expert handling of any challenge. Whether it's routine maintenance or complex diagnostics, you can count on expert care and precision with every visit.

Parts
At Golden State, we’re dedicated to keeping your apparatus fully operational and mission-ready. That’s why we maintain a robust inventory of both Pierce and non-Pierce parts—ready for immediate 470
7 deployment when you need them most. If a part isn’t in stock, we expedite orders directly from the manufacturer to minimize downtime and get your unit back in service without delay.

To make the process even more efficient, our digital Parts Request Portal offers a streamlined, userfriendly experience. It provides 24/7 access to submit requests, monitor order status, and communicate directly with our team—ensuring transparent updates and quicker turnaround times every step of the way.

Mobile Service
To minimize emergency apparatus downtime, we offer a robust mobile service program for on-site repairs and maintenance.

Pre-Delivery Inspection (PDI) Process
We employ a dedicated team of Pre-Delivery Inspection (PDI) technicians solely focused on ensuring your apparatus arrives in peak condition. Before your new custom unit is delivered, it undergoes a thorough, multi-point inspection to verify quality, performance, and compliance with all specifications.

Our team handles every detail of the acceptance and delivery process—so you can take ownership with complete confidence and peace of mind.

Your Single Source for Sales and Service
With Golden State Fire, you have a single point of contact for sales, service, and support - all under one roof, with two strategically located facilities to serve you better. We are confident that our combination of expertise, customer service, and product support is unmatched by any other fire and emergency apparatus dealership in California.

END OF EXHIBIT “D”
471
Contract
No.: FS12-23 DatePrepared: 9/15/2025
Buying
Agency: Contractor:

Contact
Person:

Prepared
By:

Phone: Phone:

Fax: Fax:

Email: Email:

Product
Description 23P-108 August 2025 Pricing
$1,116,660.00
Cost Cost
Subtotal B: $110,645.00
Cost Cost
Subtotal C: $56,682.50
5%
1 $1,283,987.50 = Subtotal D: $1,283,987.50
Subtotal E: $2,000.00
Cost Cost
$ 17,048.00 $ 96,221.39
$ 10,000.00 $ (213,352.00)
$ 3,095.11 Subtotal F: -$86,987.50
$1,199,000.00

PERFORMANCE BOND
Delivery Date: May of 2030 G. Total Purchase Price (D+E+F):

F. Trade-Ins / Special Discounts / Other Allowances / Freight / Installation / Miscellaneous Charges Description Description

FACTORY INSPECTION TRIPS STATE SALES TAX
DELIVERY / DEALER PREPARATION 100% PRE-PAYMENT DISCOUNT E. H-GAC Order Processing Charge (Amount Per Current Policy) Subtotal From Additional Sheet(s):

Check: Total cost of Customization Categories (C) cannot exceed 25% of the total of the Base Unit Price plus Published Options (A+B). For this transaction the percentage is:

D. Total Cost Before Any Applicable Trade-In / Other Allowances / Discounts (A+B+C) Quantity Ordered: X Subtotal of A + B + C:

Description Description
Subtotal From Additional Sheet(s):

C. Customization Category Totals - Itemize below / Attach additional sheet(s) if necessary. (Note: Customization options are "manufacturer non-standard options" which were submitted and priced in Contractors's proposal.) (530) 542-6152 (916) 330-1638
(916) 330-1649
[email protected] [email protected] | [email protected] Velocity PUC Pumper 1038
A. Product Item Base Unit Price Per Contractor's H-GAC Contract:

B. Published Options - Itemize below - Attach additional sheet(s) if necessary. (Note: Published Options are "manufacturer standard options" which were submitted and priced in Contractor's proposal.) Description Description

CONTRACT PRICING WORKSHEET
For MOTOR VEHICLES Only
Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract. As needed, delivery updates will be provided as soon as possible.

City of South Lake Tahoe GOLDEN STATE FIRE APPARATUS, INC.

Jim Drennan RYAN WRIGHT
472
Code or
Part No. Quantity Option Description August 2025 Published Pricing Customization 173 1 Driver operated differential control $ 4,670.00
175 1 4 x 4 Option Custom $ 50,904.00
199 1 Air inlet-outlet $ 1,059.00
200 1 Additional Air Tanks $ 570.00
221 1 1000 Watt Immersion Heater $ 1,303.00
279 1 Handrail with LED Lighting Cab or body per 2 $ 842.00 291 1 Mounting plate on engine tunnel $ 736.00
319 2 EMS Compartment w outside access (each) $ 12,226.00 338 1 Intercom System (up to 6 position) $ 7,704.00
341 4 Intercom Headset - Wired $ 2,928.00
503 9 Adjustable Comp. shelves $ 2,673.00
505 8 Door pull strap (ea.) $ 1,440.00
507 3 Floor Tray $ 3,639.00
512 1 Tilt-out adjustable tray $ 1,076.00
521 1 Swing-out tool board $ 3,475.00
546 2 SCBA Cylinder storage in fender panel triple (each) $ 3,974.00 547 1 SCBA Storage in fender panel $ 1,599.00
597 1 Fire Hooks Style Pike Pole $ 239.00
638 1 Deck Gun with Tips, Manual $ 8,527.00
721 1 Cab interior door strip warning lighting $ 1,061.00 0082910 1 Drawing, Compartment Layout, Standard Pumper Body $ 728.88 0663456 1 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375, AXT/Vel, Step Frame $ 4,764.10 0044469 1 Oil, Synthetic Gear, Single Axle, Custom Chassis $ 581.29 0539392 1 Plug, Rear Axle Drain, Magnetic $ 53.10
0818450 1 Chains, Rud Rotogrip, Automatic Tire, Compact Solution, 6 Strand $ 9,753.63 0803997 1 Brakes, Cam, Front, 16.50 x 7.00 (Marmon Herrington axle) $ 164.65 0823187 1 Color Code, Air Tanks, Painted Black, Green, Blue, Yellow $ 428.04 0805792 1 Switch, Engine Heater, Manual Control In Cab w/Ind Lt, Loc $ 452.06 0666754 1 Shutoff Valves, 1/4 turn, Cab & Crew Cab Heater, Supply and Return $ 506.75 0552607 1 Shutoff Valves (2), Fuel Line @ Filter $ 355.73 0578959 1 Fuel/Water Separator, Racor Inline $ 582.10
0897669 1 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, w/Manual Override, Batt Swtich, Imp/Vel $ 357.04 0751122 1 Grille, Painted, Painted Mesh Screen, Front of Cab, Impel/Velocity $ 1,580.98 0022403 1 Compts, (2) In Cab Wheelwell, Vel (4x4) $ 3,188.01 0833193 1 Guard, Radiator, Stainless Steel, Below Cab Grille, Painted, $ 695.91 Respondent: Pierce
473
0618366 1 Guard, Radiator, Stainless Steel, Below Cab Grille, AXT/Imp/Vel $ 280.17 0667900 1 Fan, Window Defrost, Driver's Side, One (1), Impel/Velocity FR $ 321.24 0667899 1 Fan, Window Defrost, Passenger's Side, One (1), Impel/Velocity FR $ 321.24 0530840 4 Box, Storage, Aluminum, Latex Gloves $ 302.20 0002508 1 Map Box, 3 Bin/30 deg Slant, Custom Chassis $ 579.95 0745015 1 Box, Open from Top, Custom Chassis, Partition, 12 W x 2 H x 12 L $ 346.03 0558073 2 Box, Open from Top, Custom Chassis, 4 W x 3 H x 6 D $ 264.88 0612327 2 Map Pocket, Brushed S/S, 13 W x 8 H x 2 D, Each $ 765.38 0722044 1 Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center, 38 W x 49 H x 24 D, 2" Web, Imp/Vel $ 3,376.37 0643212 1 Fan, Air Exchange, Cab Compartment, Thermostat $ 297.30 0811354 1 Cabinet, Rr Fcng, Overhead, RS, 22 W x 10 H x 25 D, Imp/Vel FR $ 2,000.37 0774463 1 Handlts, (4) Streamlight, Vulcan 180, 44315, 12v, Orange $ 1,544.41 0523921 1 Recess, Rear Vision Camera $ 299.15
0656585 1 Relocate Rear Power Module, Ceiling of LS1 Rear Compartment $ 1,190.32 0729466 1 Light, Brake Lt, Additional, TecNiq T11-R*00-1, Third Brake $ 235.77 0726924 1 Interlock, Midship Warn Lts, Disable w/Pump in Gear $ 234.28 0597964 7 Guard, Rain Drip Over Door $ 551.86
0611794 9 Trim, Rollup Door, Painted Door Color, Amdor $ 1,696.07 0650261 1 I Zone Bracket, Pair, Folding Style $ 747.58
0516828 1 Outlet, Front of Hose Bed, 1.50", w/2" Piping, PUC $ 1,935.99 0516824 1 Outlet, Front of Hose Bed, 2.50", PUC $ 2,431.91 0653937 1 Flasher, Headlight Alternating $ 131.75
0544129 1 Reflective Band, 1"-6"-1" $ 546.76
0686432 16 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", Each $ 519.76
0686229 3 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 6.00", Each $ 231.99
0686223 1 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 6.00", (41-60) $ 3,479.84 0686018 18 Lettering, Reflective, 5.00", Each $ 472.96
0686256 5 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 4.00", Each $ 224.22
0686209 1 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 9.00", (21-40) $ 3,551.18 0655896 3 Sign Kit, Painted, Holder and Insert, Each $ 1,310.68 0530793 1 Emblem, American Flag, Flat (Not Moving), Pair, Mirror Images $ 164.62 0029814 1 Emblem, Maltese Cross, Gold Leaf, 18"-20", Pair $ 2,133.98 Base Bid $1,116,660.00
Published Options $110,645.00
Total Published Options $1,227,305.00
Unpublished Options $56,682.50 5%
474
Total Options w/o HGAC Fee $1,283,987.50
475
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: December 9,
2025
Agenda Item #:16
Agenda Item: Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule (ROPS) Fiscal Year 2026-2027 Executive Summary: In an effort to balance its budget, the State of California adopted Assembly Bill (AB) x1 26 on June 28, 2011, amended by AB 1484 on June 27, 2012, which suspended all new redevelopment activities except for limited specified activities as of that date and dissolved redevelopment agencies on February 1, 2012. The Successor Agency Board is required by state law to annually pass a resolution approving the ROPS.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: Acting as the South Tahoe Redevelopment Successor Agency Board, Pass a Resolution approving the Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule (ROPS) pursuant to Health and Safety Code section 34177 for the fiscal period commencing July 1, 2026, and ending June 30, 2027.

Responsible Staff Member: Olga Tikhomirova, Finance Director Reviewed and Approved By: Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Heather Stroud, City Attorney Attachments:
01-Staff Report ROPS 2026-27.DOCX
02-Resolution STRSA ROPS 2026-27.DOCX
03-ROPS 2026-27 (Exh. A to Resolution).pdf
04-Sponsoring Entity Loan Repayment ROPS 2026-27 (Exh. B to Resolution).pdf 05-2004 City Loan Statutory Amortization Schedule.pdf
476
Council Agenda Report December 9, 2025 Page | 1
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to South Tahoe
Redevelopment Successor Agency
Meeting Date: December 9, 2025
Title: Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule (ROPS), FY 2026-2027 Location: Citywide
Responsible Staff Member: Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance Background: In an effort to balance its budget, the State of California adopted Assembly Bill (AB)x1 26 on June 28, 2011, amended by AB 1484 on June 27, 2012, which suspended all new redevelopment activities except for limited specified activities as of that date and dissolved redevelopment agencies on February 1, 2012.

The suspension provisions prohibited all redevelopment agencies from a wide range of activities, including incurring new indebtedness or obligations, entering into or modifying agreements or contracts, acquiring or disposing of real property, taking actions to adopt or amend redevelopment plans and other similar actions, except actions required by law or to carry out existing enforceable obligations, as defined in ABx1 26.

Certain housing assets and functions of the former Redevelopment Agency (“Former RDA”) were to be distributed to a Housing Successor and all remaining Former RDA assets and liabilities were to be distributed to a Successor Agency. The City elected to become the Successor Agency, and the assets and liabilities of the Successor Agency are recorded in the Redevelopment Obligation Retirement PrivatePurpose Trust Fund (Fund 725).

Issue and Discussion: Pursuant to Health and Safety Code (“HSC”) section 34177(o)(1), Successor Agencies are required to prepare Recognized Obligation Payment Schedules (“ROPS”) prior to each twelve-month fiscal period. The ROPS is then ratified by the Oversight Board and subsequently submitted to the County Auditor and State Department of Finance (“DOF”). ROPS 2026-27 for the period of July 1, 2026 to June 30, 2027 is due February 1, 2026.

Financial Implications: The preparation and approval of this ROPS, including the Administrative Budget, will allow the Successor Agency to continue to pay enforceable obligations of the Former RDA and is required by HSC section 34177. The 2026-27 ROPS reflects the full repayment and removal of the Supplemental Educational Revenue Augmentation Fund (SERAF) loan and includes the second payment on the City loan. The repayment of the loans are based on a statutory formula. Both loans were previously approved for funding and repayment as enforceable obligations. More information about the outstanding City loan and its repayment is in the following paragraphs.

On July 25, 2014, the local Oversight Board of the Successor Agency to the South Tahoe Redevelopment agency adopted Resolution No. 2014-5 which approved repayment of a loan incurred in Fiscal Year 2003- 04 by the Former RDA pursuant to a Loan and Repayment Agreement between the City and the Former RDA, dated March 16, 2004 (the “2004 Loan Agreement”) for costs and expenses related to the implementation of the Former RDA’s redevelopment program (the “2004 City Loan”). Pursuant to HSC Section 34191.4(b), the Oversight Board made a finding that the 2004 City Loan was for legitimate redevelopment purposes in order to re-establish the 2004 Loan Agreement as an enforceable obligation.

The 2004 City Loan in the remaining amount of $5,276,219 (including principal and interest) was added to the ROPS 14-15B and on September 8, 2014, the DOF informed the City in writing that it approved the Oversight Board resolution.
477
Council Agenda Report December 9, 2025 Page | 2
Pursuant to HSC section 34176(e)(6)(B), the aggregate repayment amount authorized each fiscal year for the SERAF Loan and the 2004 City Loan combined shall not exceed one-half of the increase between the amount distributed to taxing entities pursuant to HSC Section 34183(a)(4) in that fiscal year and the amount distributed to taxing entities pursuant to HSC Section 34183(a)(4) in the 2012-13 base year (“RPTTF residual”). Pursuant to HSC section 34176(e)(6)(B), the SERAF Loan repayment has a priority over the 2004 City Loan repayment and must be paid in full before any repayment of the 2004 City Loan is made. Pursuant to HSC section 34191.4(b)(2), twenty percent of each repayment of the 2004 City Loan must be transferred to the Low and Moderate Income Housing Asset Fund established and held by the Housing Authority, as the Housing Successor to the Former RDA.

The SERAF Loan was fully repaid as part of the 2025-26 ROPS. Pursuant to HSC section 34191.4(b)(3), the City has recalculated the interest on the outstanding 2004 City Loan beginning in FY 2003–04, the year in which the indebtedness was incurred. This recalculation applied a simple interest rate of 3 percent on the remaining principal amount of the loan that was previously unpaid after the original effective date of the loan, in accordance with the statute. See Attachment 05, Statutory Amortization Schedule, for detailed calculations of the 2004 City Loan balance as recalculated under HSC section 34191.4(b)(3).

As a result of this statutory recalculation, the reported outstanding balance on the ROPS has increased compared to prior ROPS, which was based solely on historic accounting records developed prior to dissolution. The recalculated outstanding balance of $7,237,219 does not represent a new loan or additional advances from the City, and is consistent with DOF guidance and expectations.

Based on calculations using the Sponsoring Entity Loan Repayment Calculator provided by the DOF (Attachment 04), for Fiscal year 2026-27, it is estimated that the ROPS 2025-26 RPTTF residual is available to continue repayment of the City Loan. Therefore, repayment of the City Loan is included on the ROPS 2026-27. This will be the second payment on the City Loan.

Environmental Considerations: The proposed action is not a “project” subject to review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under CEQA Guidelines section 15378(b)(4) (creation of government funding mechanisms or government fiscal activities which do not involve any commitment to any specific project which may result in a potentially significant physical impact on the environment).

Policy Implications: The preparation and approval of this ROPS is consistent with HSC section 34177(o)(1).
478
STRSA Resolution 2025-XXX December 9, 2025 Page 1 of 5
STRSA Resolution 2025-XXX
Adopted by the Board of Directors of the
South Tahoe Redevelopment Successor Agency
December 9, 2025
Approving a Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule (ROPS 2026-27), Including an Administrative Budget, Pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 34177 for the Fiscal Period Commencing July 1, 2026 and Ending June 30, 2027, and Taking Related Actions

BACKGROUND
A. The South Tahoe Redevelopment Agency (the “Former RDA”) was a duly constituted redevelopment agency pursuant to provisions of the Community Redevelopment Law (the “Redevelopment Law”) set forth in Section 33000 et seq. of the Health and Safety Code (“HSC”) of the State of California.

B. Pursuant to HSC 33334.2, the Former RDA was required to maintain a Low and Moderate Income Housing Fund (the “Housing Fund”) and deposit certain amounts of tax increment received by the Former RDA into the Housing Fund.

C. Pursuant to HSC Section 33690.5(a), the Former RDA was required to make a remittance (the “FY 2010-11 SERAF Payment”) to the El Dorado County AuditorController for deposit into the County Supplemental Educational Revenue Augmentation Fund (‘SERAF”) for fiscal year 2010-11.

D. Pursuant to HSC Section 33690.5(c), the Former RDA was permitted to, and did, incur a loan repayable to the Housing Fund (the “SERAF Loan”) to pay the FY 2010-11 SERAF Payment.

E. In 2004, the Former RDA was permitted to and did incur a loan from the City (the “2004 City Loan”) pursuant to a Loan and Repayment Agreement between the City and the Former RDA, dated March 16, 2004 (the “2004 Loan Agreement”) for costs and expenses related to the implementation of the Former RDA’s redevelopment program.

F. Pursuant to AB X1 26 (enacted in June 2011), and the California Supreme Court’s decision in California Redevelopment Association, et al. v. Ana Matosantos, et al., 53 Cal.4th 231(2011), the Former RDA was dissolved as of February 1, 2012, the Successor Agency to the South Tahoe Redevelopment Agency (“Successor Agency”) was established, and a local oversight board of the Successor Agency was established.

The Former RDA’s non-housing assets were distributed to, and liabilities were assumed by, the Successor Agency.

G. Pursuant to HSC Section 34176(b), the City Council of the City of South Lake Tahoe designated the South Lake Tahoe Housing Authority as the successor entity with respect to the housing assets and functions of the Former RDA (the “Housing Successor”) pursuant to its Resolution No. 2012-65, adopted on October 16, 2012. 479
STRSA Resolution 2025-XXX December 9, 2025 Page 2 of 5
H. Pursuant to HSC Section 34176(d), all funds transferred to the Housing Successor and all funds generated from housing assets must be maintained in a Low and Moderate Income Housing Asset Fund (the “Housing Asset Fund”), established and held by the Housing Successor.

I. Pursuant to HSC Section 34171(d)(1)(G), the SERAF Loan constitutes an enforceable obligation; provided that the repayment schedule must be approved by the oversight board of the Successor Agency, and repayments must be transferred to the Housing Asset Fund and used in a manner consistent with the affordable housing requirements of the Redevelopment Law.

J. By its Resolution No. 2014-5, adopted on July 15, 2014, the Board of Directors of the Successor Agency requested the local oversight board of the Successor Agency (i) to authorize the inclusion of a line item on future ROPS, for the repayment of the SERAF Loan, up to the maximum repayment amount calculated in accordance with HSC Section 34176(e)(6)(B), until the SERAF Loan has been paid in full; and (ii) to recognize that the repayment of the SERAF Loan as described in the Successor Agency resolution shall constitute the repayment schedule of the SERAF Loan for the purposes of HSC Section 34171(d)(1)(G) and approve such repayment schedule.

K. On July 25, 2014, the local oversight board of the Successor Agency adopted its Resolution No. 2014-4, which approved inclusion of the SERAF Loan on future ROPS and the repayment schedule as described in the above-described Successor Agency Resolution.

L. On July 30, 2014, the State Department of Finance (“DOF”) informed the oversight board in writing that the DOF was not initiating a review of the oversight board’s Resolution No. 2014-4.

M. By its Resolution No. 2014-6, adopted on July 15, 2014, the Board of Directors of the Successor Agency requested the local oversight board of the Successor Agency to (i) make a finding that the 2004 City Loan was for legitimate redevelopment purposes and the 2004 Loan Agreement is an enforceable obligation, with the recognition that the repayment terms shall be modified in accordance with the HSC Section 34191.4(b) requirements; (ii) authorize the Finance Officer of the Successor Agency to develop a repayment schedule for the 2004 City Loan in accordance with the requirements of HSC Section 34191.4(b), recognizing that the actual dollar amount to be repaid by the Successor Agency for each scheduled repayment is subject to the availability of funds from the Redevelopment Property Tax Trust Fund and the limitations set forth in HSC Section 34191.4(b); and (iii) authorize the Finance Officer to modify the repayment schedule from time to time based on the requirements of HSC Section 34191.4(b) and the actual circumstances at the time of the modification.

N. On July 25, 2014, the local oversight board of the Successor Agency adopted its Resolution No. 2014-5, which approved repayment of the 2004 City Loan. Pursuant to HSC Section 34191.4(b), the oversight board made a finding that the 2004 City Loan was for legitimate redevelopment purposes in order to re-establish the 2004 Loan Agreement as an enforceable obligation. On September 8, 2014, the DOF informed the City in writing that it approved the Resolution No. 2014-5. 480
STRSA Resolution 2025-XXX December 9, 2025 Page 3 of 5
O. Pursuant to HSC section 34176(e)(6)(B), the SERAF Loan repayment has a priority over the 2004 City Loan repayment and must be paid in full before any repayment of the 2004 City Loan is made. Pursuant to HSC section 34191.4(b)(2), twenty percent of each repayment of the 2004 City Loan must be transferred to the Low and Moderate Income Housing Assets Fund established and held by the Housing Authority, as the Housing Successor to the Former RDA.

P. Pursuant to HSC Section 34176(e)(6)(B), the aggregate repayment amount authorized each fiscal year for the SERAF Loan and the 2004 City Loan combined shall not exceed one-half of the increase between the amount distributed to taxing entities pursuant to HSC Section 34183(a)(4) in that fiscal year and the amount distributed to taxing entities pursuant to HSC Section 34183(a)(4) in the 2012-13 base year.

Q. Pursuant to HSC Section 34179(j), as of July 1, 2018, the El Dorado Countywide Oversight Board (the “Countywide Oversight Board”) has jurisdiction over the Successor Agency.

R. Pursuant to HSC Section 34177(o)(1), the Successor Agency must prepare a ROPS listing the anticipated payments for enforceable obligations to be made by the Successor Agency during the fiscal period from July 1, 2026 through June 30, 2027 (“ROPS 2026-27”) and submit ROPS 2026-27 to the Countywide Oversight Board for approval.

S. Pursuant to HSC Section 34177(l)(2)(B), at the same time that the Successor Agency submits ROPS 2026-27 to the Countywide Oversight Board for approval, the Successor Agency must submit a copy of ROPS 2026-27 to the DOF, the County administrative officer, and the County Auditor-Controller.

T. Pursuant to HSC Section 34177(l)(2)(C) and Section 34177(o)(1), the Successor Agency must: (i) submit the Countywide Oversight Board-approved ROPS 2026-27 to the DOF, the Office of the State Controller, and the County Auditor-Controller no later than February 1, 2026, and (ii) post a copy of the Countywide Oversight Boardapproved ROPS 2026-27 on the Successor Agency’s website.

U. A repayment of the SERAF Loan was included in ROPS 2024-25 and 2025-26. As of the date of this Resolution, the full repayment of the SERAF Loan, in the amount of $426,210, has been completed.

V. A partial repayment of the 2004 City Loan was requested on ROPS 2025-26. Following the DOF’s review in early 2025, the originally requested amount of $131,227 was reduced to $25,867. As of the date of this Resolution, the remaining outstanding and unpaid balance of the 2004 City Loan was reported at $5,276,219 based on historical accounting records. Pursuant to HSC Section 34191.4(b)(3), the Successor Agency has now recalculated the interest on the outstanding 2004 City Loan beginning in FY 2003– 04, the year in which the indebtedness was incurred, using a 3% simple interest as required by the statute. Based on this recalculation, the outstanding balance of the 2004 City Loan as of ROPS 2026-27 is $7,237,219. The next partial repayment of the 2004 City Loan, in the amount of $800,614, is included on ROPS 2026-27. See Attachment 05-Statutory Amortization Schedule for detailed calculations. 481
STRSA Resolution 2025-XXX December 9, 2025 Page 4 of 5
W. Pursuant to HSC Section 34191.4(b)(3), the statutory recalculation requires that historical payments be applied entirely to principal and simple interest accrue at 3% per year on the remaining principal. This recalculation increases the reported outstanding loan balance compared to prior ROPS reporting and is consistent with DOF guidance.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE SUCCESSOR AGENCY TO

THE SOUTH TAHOE REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY HEREBY FINDS, DETERMINES, RESOLVES AND ORDERS AS FOLLOWS:

1. The above recitals are true and correct and are a substantive part of this Resolution.

2. The Board of Directors hereby approves ROPS 2026-27, including the Administrative Budget, which reflects the recalculated 2004 City Loan balance pursuant to HSC Section 34191.4(b)(3), substantially in the form attached as Exhibit “A” to this Resolution and incorporated herein by reference. The Executive Director of the Successor Agency, in consultation with the Successor Agency’s legal counsel, may modify ROPS 2026-27 as the Executive Director or the Successor Agency’s legal counsel deems necessary or advisable.

3. Staff is hereby authorized and directed to submit a copy of ROPS 2026-27 to the Countywide Oversight Board for approval and, at the same time, transmit a copy of ROPS 2026-27 to the DOF, the County Auditor-Controller and the County administrative officer as designated by the County.

4. Staff is hereby authorized and directed to submit a copy of the Countywide Oversight Board-approved ROPS 2026-27 to the DOF, the Office of the State Controller, and the County Auditor-Controller. If the Countywide Oversight Board has not approved ROPS 2026-27 by February 1, 2026, Staff is hereby authorized and directed to transmit ROPS 2026-27 to the DOF, the Office of the State Controller, and the County AuditorController by February 1, 2026, with a written notification regarding the status of the Countywide Oversight Board’s review. Written notice and information regarding the action of the Countywide Oversight Board shall be provided to the DOF by electronic means and in a manner of DOF’s choosing.

5. Staff is hereby authorized and directed to post a copy of the Countywide Oversight Board-approved ROPS 2026-27 on the Successor Agency’s Internet website (being a page on the Internet website of the City of South Lake Tahoe).

6. The officers and the other staff members of the Successor Agency are hereby authorized and directed, jointly and severally, to do any and all things which they may deem necessary or advisable to effectuate this Resolution, including but not limited to requesting additional review by the DOF and an opportunity to meet and confer on any 482
STRSA Resolution 2025-XXX December 9, 2025 Page 5 of 5
disputed items, and making adjustments to ROPS 2026-27 pursuant to the DOF’s instructions, and any such actions previously taken are hereby ratified and confirmed.

Adopted by the Board of Directors of the Successor Agency of the South Tahoe Redevelopment Agency at a duly noticed meeting held on December 9, 2025, by the following vote:

Yes:

No:

Absent:

Abstain:
___________________________ Date:___________
, Agency Chair
Attest:
______________________________
Susan Blankenship, Agency Secretary
The presence of electronic signature certifies that the foregoing is a true and correct copy as approved by the South Lake Tahoe City Council
483
Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule (ROPS 26-27) - Summary Filed for the July 1, 2026 through June 30, 2027 Period Successor Agency: South Lake Tahoe
County: El Dorado
Current Period Requested Funding for Enforceable
Obligations (ROPS Detail)
26-27A Total
(July -
December)
26-27B Total
(January -
June)
ROPS 26-27
Total
A Enforceable Obligations Funded as Follows (B+C+D) $ 87,569 $ - $ 87,569 B Bond Proceeds - - -
C Reserve Balance - - -
D Other Funds 87,569 - 87,569
E Redevelopment Property Tax Trust Fund (RPTTF) (F+G) $ 4,145,385 $ 1,731,067 $ 5,876,452 F RPTTF 4,112,735 1,698,417 5,811,152
G Administrative RPTTF 32,650 32,650 65,300
H Current Period Enforceable Obligations (A+E) $ 4,232,954 $ 1,731,067 $ 5,964,021 Certification of Oversight Board Chairman:

Name Title
Pursuant to Section 34177 (o) of the Health and Safety
code, I hereby certify that the above is a true and
accurate Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule for
the above named successor agency. /s/
Signature Date
484
South Lake Tahoe
Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule (ROPS 26-27) - ROPS Detail July 1, 2026 through June 30, 2027

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Item
# Project Name Obligation Type
Agreement
Execution
Date
Agreement
Termination
Date
Payee Description Project
Area
Total
Outstanding
Obligation
Retired
ROPS
26-27
Total
ROPS 26-27A (Jul - Dec)
26-27A
Total
ROPS 26-27B (Jan - Jun)
26-27B
Total
Fund Sources Fund Sources
Bond
Proceeds
Reserve
Balance
Other
Funds RPTTF Admin RPTTF
Bond
Proceeds
Reserve
Balance
Other
Funds
RPTTF
Admin
RPTTF
$68,319,322 $5,964,021 $- $- $87,569 $4,112,735 $32,650 $4,232,954 $- $- $- $1,698,417 $32,650 $1,731,067 6 Contracted
Financial
Services
Admin
Costs
10/01/
1999
10/01/2037 Bank of
New York
Mellon,
Willdan,
Fraser &
Associates
Bank Trustee
Services,
financial
consultants for
arbitrage
rebate
calculations,
continuing
disclosure
reports, pass
through
calculations
Park
Avenue
Area
#1
15,300 N $15,300 - - - - 7,650 $7,650 - - - - 7,650 $7,650 7 Contracted
Legal Services
Admin
Costs
10/01/
2007
10/01/2037 Richards,
Watson and
Gershon
Redevelopment
Dissolution
Legal Costs
Park
Avenue
Area
#1
5,000 N $5,000 - - - - 2,500 $2,500 - - - - 2,500 $2,500 21 Administrative
Costs
Admin
Costs
01/01/
2014
10/01/2037 City of
South Lake
Tahoe
Costs to
Administer
Successor
Agency
(internal debt
administration,
accounting
financial
reporting, legal
and banking
fees
45,000 N $45,000 - - - - 22,500 $22,500 - - - - 22,500 $22,500 25 Supplemental
Educational
Revenue
Augmentation
Fund loan
SERAF/
ERAF
03/01/
2011
10/01/2037 City of
South Lake
Tahoe LowModerate
Income
Housing
Fund
Supplemental
Educational
Revenue
Augmentation
Fund Loan
- Y $- - - - - - $- - - - - - $-
26 City General
Fund loan to
the
Redevelopment
Agency for
Completion of
Park Avenue
Project
City/
County
Loan
(Prior 06/
28/11),
Cash
exchange
03/14/
2004
10/01/2037 City of
South Lake
Tahoe
General
Fund
Park Avenue
Project
Completion
costs loan
Park
Avenue
Area
#1
7,237,219 N $800,614 - - - - - $- - - - 800,614 - $800,614 27 2014 Bonds 12/08/ 10/01/2034 Bondholders Refunding of Park 26,557,697 N $1,760,919 - - 87,569 1,239,766 - $1,327,335 - - - 433,584 - $433,584 485

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
Item
# Project Name Obligation Type
Agreement
Execution
Date
Agreement
Termination
Date
Payee Description Project
Area
Total
Outstanding
Obligation
Retired
ROPS
26-27
Total
ROPS 26-27A (Jul - Dec)
26-27A
Total
ROPS 26-27B (Jan - Jun)
26-27B
Total
Fund Sources Fund Sources
Bond
Proceeds
Reserve
Balance
Other
Funds RPTTF Admin RPTTF
Bond
Proceeds
Reserve
Balance
Other
Funds
RPTTF
Admin
RPTTF
Redevelopment
Project Area
No. 1 Series A
Notes
Issued
After 12/
31/10
2014 paid by
Trustee
(Bank of
New York
Mellon)
1999, 2003,
and 2004
Refunding
Revenue
Bonds to fund
non-housing
projects
Avenue
Area
#1
28 2015
Redevelopment
Project Area
No. 1 Series A
Notes
Bonds
Issued
After 12/
31/10
09/16/
2015
10/01/2035 Bondholders
paid by
Trustee
(Bank of
New York
Mellon)
Refunding of
2005
Refunding
Revenue
Bonds to fund
non-housing
projects
Park
Avenue
Area
14,936,697 N $2,404,194 - - - 2,191,222 - $2,191,222 - - - 212,972 - $212,972 29 2017 Loan
Agreements
(securing
Authority's
2017
Refunding
Revenue Bond)
Bonds
Issued
After 12/
31/10
09/01/
2017
10/01/2037 Bondholders
paid by
Trustee
(Bank of
New York
Mellon)
Refunding of
2007 RDA
Notes sercuring
bonds to fund
non-housing
projects
19,522,409 N $932,994 - - - 681,747 - $681,747 - - - 251,247 - $251,247 486
South Lake Tahoe
Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule (ROPS 26-27) - Report of Cash Balances July 1, 2023 through June 30, 2024
(Report Amounts in Whole Dollars)
Pursuant to Health and Safety Code section 34177 (l), Redevelopment Property Tax Trust Fund (RPTTF) may be listed as a source of payment on the ROPS, but only to the extent no other funding source is available or when payment from property tax revenues is required by an enforceable obligation.

A B C D E F G H
ROPS 23-24 Cash Balances
(07/01/23 - 06/30/24)
Fund Sources
Comments
Bond Proceeds Reserve Balance Other Funds RPTTF
Bonds issued
on or before
12/31/10
Bonds issued
on or after
01/01/11
Prior ROPS
RPTTF and
Reserve
Balances retained
for future
period(s)
Rent, grants,
interest, etc.

Non-Admin
and Admin
1 Beginning Available Cash Balance (Actual 07/01/23)
RPTTF amount should exclude "A" period distribution
amount.
5,279,964 - -
2 Revenue/Income (Actual 06/30/24)
RPTTF amount should tie to the ROPS 23-24 total
distribution from the County Auditor-Controller
37,084 1,113,854 5,172,357 Other Funds revenue includes proceeds from the land sale and earned interest.
3 Expenditures for ROPS 23-24 Enforceable Obligations
(Actual 06/30/24)
10,985 5,143,856
4 Retention of Available Cash Balance (Actual 06/30/24) RPTTF amount retained should only include the amounts
distributed as reserve for future period(s)
1,015,300 - Proceeds from the land sale and a portion of the earned interest are being retained for use
on the 2025–2026 ROPS, as reflected on line
D of the 25–26 ROPS Summary.
5 ROPS 23-24 RPTTF Prior Period Adjustment
RPTTF amount should tie to the Agency's ROPS 23-24 PPA
form submitted to the CAC
No entry required
6 Ending Actual Available Cash Balance (06/30/24)
C to F = (1 + 2 - 3 - 4), G = (1 + 2 - 3 - 4 - 5)
$5,317,048 $- $- $87,569 $28,501
487
South Lake Tahoe
Recognized Obligation Payment Schedule (ROPS 26-27) - Notes July 1, 2026 through June 30, 2027
Item # Notes/Comments
6 7
21 25 SERAF Loan is repaid
26 Outstanding loan balance was recalculated per HSC §34191.4(b)(3) at a 3% simple interest from FY 2003–04 (the original effective date of the loan); increase reflects statutory recalculation versus prior accounting records.
27 28
29 488
County Name Agency Name South Lake Tahoe

ROPS II
July thru December
2012

ROPS III
January thru June
2013
Total For
Base Year
0 0 0
ROPS 25-26 A
July thru December
2025
ROPS 25-26 B
January thru June
2026
Total For
Comparison
Year
0 1,601,227 1,601,227
A 1,601,227
B 0
A-B 1,601,227
÷2
800,614
El_Dorado
Maximum Repayment for
Fiscal Year 2026-27
Sponsoring Entity Loan Repayment Calculator
Base Year:

Residual Balance
Comparison Year:

Residual Balance
ROPS Review Period: ROPS 26-27
Total Residual Balance for Comparison Year
Total Residual Balance for Base Year
Difference of Residual Balance
489
2004 City Loan
Statutory Amortization Schedule (HSC §34191.4, 3% simple interest quarterly) Recalculation
for ROPS 2025-
2026
Recalculated
Principal
Accrued
Interest at
3%
Yearly
Payment
Portion
applied to
interest
Accrued
Interest
Cumulative
Portion
applied to
principal
Ending
Principal
Balance
Total
Outstanding
Balance
Beginning
Balance 2003-
2004 7,007,000 210,210 (329,116) 210,210 - 118,906 6,888,094 6,888,094 2004-2005 6,888,094 206,643 (420,066) 206,643 (0) 213,423 6,674,671 6,674,671 2005-2006 6,674,671 200,240 (500,000) 200,240 0 299,760 6,374,911 6,374,911 2006-2007 **** 6,374,911 191,247 (660,803) 191,247 0 469,556 5,905,355 5,905,355 2007-2008 5,905,355 177,161 (500,000) 177,161 (0) 322,839 5,582,516 5,582,516 2008-2009 5,582,516 167,475 (500,000) 167,475 0 332,525 5,249,991 5,249,991 2009-2010 5,249,991 157,500 (500,000) 157,500 (0) 342,500 4,907,491 4,907,491 2010-2011 4,907,491 147,225 147,224 4,907,491 5,054,715 2011-2012 4,907,491 147,225 294,449 4,907,491 5,201,940 2012-2013 4,907,491 147,225 441,674 4,907,491 5,349,165 2013-2014 *** 4,907,491 147,225 588,899 4,907,491 5,496,390 2014-2015 4,907,491 147,225 736,123 4,907,491 5,643,614 2015-2016 4,907,491 147,225 883,348 4,907,491 5,790,839 2016-2017 4,907,491 147,225 1,030,573 4,907,491 5,938,064 2017-2018 4,907,491 147,225 1,177,798 4,907,491 6,085,289 2018-2019 4,907,491 147,225 1,325,022 4,907,491 6,232,513 2019-2020 4,907,491 147,225 1,472,247 4,907,491 6,379,738 2020-2021 4,907,491 147,225 1,619,472 4,907,491 6,526,963 2021-2022 4,907,491 147,225 1,766,696 4,907,491 6,674,187 2022-2023 4,907,491 147,225 1,913,921 4,907,491 6,821,412 2023-2024 4,907,491 147,225 2,061,146 4,907,491 6,968,637 2024-2025 4,907,491 147,225 2,208,371 4,907,491 7,115,862 2025-2026 4,907,491 147,225 (25,867) - 2,355,595 25,867 4,881,624 7,237,219 2026-2027 4,881,624 146,449 2,502,044 4,881,624 7,383,668 2026-2027 ROPS 2,355,595 4,881,624 7,237,219
Outstanding Outstanding Outstanding
Interest Principal Total
490
City of South Lake Tahoe
Agenda Item Executive Summary
Joe Irvin, City Manager
__________________________________
Meeting Date: December 9,
2025
Agenda Item #:17
Agenda Item: South Tahoe Refuse 2026 Interim Year and Senate Bill 1383 Rate Increase Executive Summary: The City maintains a solid waste franchise agreement with South Tahoe Refuse (STR) for collection and disposal services. The City Council approved the current franchise agreement with STR on August 22, 2023. The agreement continues to use the 2012 Rate Setting Policy and Procedures Manual, which is also used by the other two partners in the South Lake Tahoe Basin Waste Management Authority (JPA): El Dorado County and Douglas County. The Interim Year increase is based on Consumer Price Index, landfill disposal, and other costs. The JPA's rate-setting consultant's analysis identified an interim Year rate increase of 5.10% for an interim year adjustment, and a 5.08% for Senate Bill 1383 program implementation for the City of South Lake Tahoe, which equates to an increase of $4.38 per month for residential customers and $5.01 per cubic yard for commercial customers.

Requested Action / Suggested Motions: (1) Conduct a Majority Protest Public Hearing; and if no majority protest is received; (2) Pass a Motion approving South Tahoe Refuse Interim Year Rate Increase of 5.10 percent and Senate Bill 1383 Increase of 5.08 Percent (totaling an increase of $4.38 per month for residential customers and $5.01 per cubic yard for commercial customers), effective January 1, 2026.

Responsible Staff Member: Sara Letton, Sustainability Coordinator Reviewed and Approved By: Susan Blankenship, City Clerk Olga Tikhomirova, Director of Finance Heather Stroud, City Attorney
Attachments:
01 - Staff Report South Tahoe Refuse 2025 Rate Adjustment.docx 02 - Rate Setting Manual.pdf
03 - Public Notification.pdf
04 - Rate Review Report.pdf
05 - 2025 - 26 Clean Tahoe Budget.pdf
06 - Clean Tahoe Final Report.pdf
491
Council Agenda Report- December 9, 2025 Page 1 of 3
City of South Lake Tahoe
Report to City Council
Meeting Date: December 9, 2025
Title: South Tahoe Refuse Interim Year Rate Increase of 5.10 Percent and 5.08 Percent for Senate Bill 1383
Location: Citywide
Responsible Staff Member: Sara Letton (530) 542-6175
Background: The city maintains a solid waste franchise agreement with South Tahoe Refuse (STR) for solid waste collection and disposal. The City Council authorized current franchise agreement with STR August 22, 2023.

The Agreement continues to use the 2012 Rate Setting Policy and Procedures Manual (Manual) (Attachment 02). The Manual establishes rate change policies, provides application forms, specifies reporting formats, identifies required supporting documentation, and describes the procedures for requesting, reviewing, and adopting rate changes. The Manual is utilized by the three jurisdictional partners in the South Lake Tahoe Basin Waste Management Authority (JPA).

The partner agencies include the City of South Lake Tahoe, El Dorado County, and Douglas County. On October 3, 2025, the JPA considered the proposed rate increase and recommended approval to the partner agencies.

Proposition 218 Notice: The city notified property owners and customers at least 45 days before the Public Hearing by mailing written notices of the proposed residential and commercial increase for the solid waste services, on October 22, 2025. As further described below (See Public Notification Attachment 03), those property owners and customers may submit a written protest of the proposed rate increase to the City Clerk any time before the close of the public hearing on December 9, 2025. If less than a majority of the property owners and customers file written protests to the proposed rate increase, the City Council may approve the proposed change to the solid waste rates.

Issue and Discussion: The Manual describes the process for rate adjustment for both the base year and interim years on a 3-year cycle. The JPA and STR followed the interim year process in Section 3 of the Manual for interim years 2014, 2016, 2017, 2019, 2020, 2022, 2023 and 2025 and the base year process for rate years 2015, 2018, 2021, and 2024. The current rate adjustment (2026) is an interim year adjustment.

On July, 2025, STR submitted its Application to the JPA for rate year 2026. The JPA approved a contract with Crowe, LLC to review STR’s interim year rate application and to recommend a proposed rate adjustment.

On September 25, 2025, Crowe LLP (Crowe) completed an analysis of South Tahoe Refuse 492
Council Agenda Report- December 9, 2025 Page 2 of 3
Company’s Inc.’s (STR) 2026 Interim Year Rate Application. The rate adjustment proposed for 2025 is an increase of 5.10% for an interim year and 5.08% for Senate Bill 1383 program implementation, as shown in the table below. (Attachment 04 Rate Review Report).

The proposed 2026 rate increases for residential and commercial customers are summarized below:

Service Type
Current Rate (Per
Customer, Per
Month)
Proposed Total Rate
Increase (Per
Customer, Per
Month)
Proposed Rate (Per
Customer, Per
Month)
Unlimited Residential
Service *
$44.72 $4.38 $49.10
Commercial Rate Per
Cubic Yard
$51.16 $5.01 $56.17
* Excluding City surcharges for street sweeping ($0.25) and nuisance abatement ($0.25). For the City of South Lake Tahoe, Clean Tahoe is a subcontractor to STR for litter abatement, debris, and illegal dumping cleanup services. The Clean Tahoe Budget is included (Attachment 05) and Final Report (Attachment 06).

The recently approved rate adjustments for the City of South Lake Tahoe are shown below:
2016 – No rate change – interim year
2017 – 1.62 percent rate increase – interim year.
2018 – 8.81 percent rate increase – base year
2019 – 3.11 percent rate increase – interim year.
2020 – 2.93 percent rate increase – interim year.
2021 – 9.04 percent rate increase – base year
2022 – 3.77 percent rate increase – interim year.
2023 – 4.96 percent rate increase – interim year.
2024 – 11.05 percent rate increase – base year.
2025 – 5.08 percent for SB1383 and 3.30 percent rate increase – interim year.

On October 3, 2025, the JPA Board approved the report and recommended that each jurisdiction consider and approve the rate adjustment.

Mandatory Commercial Organic Recycling Act and Short-Lived Climate Pollutants Bill:

The 2023 Franchise Agreement includes requirements for the Mandatory Commercial Organics Recycling Act of 2014 (AB 1826) and the Short-Lived Climate Pollutants Bill of 2016 (SB 1383).

These bills have directed all local agencies to promote diversion and maximize the use of feasible waste reduction, reuse, recycling, and composting options to reduce the amount of refuse that must be disposed of and to avoid the production of short-lived climate pollutants. SB 1383 establishes regulatory requirements for jurisdictions, generators, haulers, solid waste facilities, and other entities to support the achievement of State-wide Organic Waste Disposal reduction targets. It requires the City to implement collection programs, meet processing facility requirements, conduct contamination monitoring, provide education, maintain records, submit reports, monitor compliance, conduct enforcement, and fulfill other requirements. The City has delegated some of its responsibilities to STR, acting as its designee.

The 2023 Franchise Agreement has a 20-year term to allow STR to amortize the capital expenses STR will incur to implement the 3-cart residential collection system required to 493
Council Agenda Report- December 9, 2025 Page 3 of 3
implement SB 1383. The City entered into this franchise agreement with such a term based on STR’s prior satisfactory service and to ensure the successful implementation of SB 1383 and with the inclusion of other contractual provisions that advance the City’s economic and environmental goals.

The 2023 Franchise Agreement required STR to provide residential customers with new carts to implement the 3-cart collection program in Fall 2024.

Crowe’s report included the rate adjustments in 2026 for compliance with SB 1383, including the roll-out of the 3-cart system.

Financial Implications: A 5.10% for an interim year, and 5.08% for Senate Bill 1383 program implementation within the City of South Lake Tahoe will increase the cost of STR’s unlimited service for residential customers by $4.38 per month. For commercial customers, the increase will be $5.01 per cubic yard.

Environmental Considerations: This action is not a “project” requiring review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under CEQA Guidelines section 15378(b)(4) (government fiscal activities which do not involve any commitment to any specific project which may result in a potentially significant physical impact on the environment).

Policy Implications: The application process and analysis utilized to determine the interim year rate adjustment are consistent with the Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual. The updated franchise agreement supports the local implementation of the Mandatory Commercial Organic Recycling Act and Short-Lived Climate Pollutants Bill, which are consistent with the City’s Climate Action Plan WA-2 ‘Promote reductions in organic waste and landfill diversion’.
494
South Lake Tahoe Basin
Waste Management Authority
Solid Waste Rate Setting
Policies and Procedures Manual
March 30, 2012
495
Table of Contents
Section

1. Rate Setting Goals and Objectives ................................................ 1-1 A. Introduction .................................. ............................................................. 1-1 B. Rate Setting Goals ...................................................................................... 1-2 C. Rate Setting Policies .............................................. ..................................... 1-3 D. Rate Application Process ............................................................................ 1-6 E. Allowable and Non-Allowable Costs .......................................................... 1-8

2. Base Year Rate Setting Process ....................................................... 2-1 A. Step 1 - Prepare and Submit Rate Application ........................................... 2-1 B. Step 2 - Verify Completeness of Rate Application ...................................... 2-8 C. Step 3 - Review Rate Application and Prepare Response ............................ 2-8 D. Step 4 - Prepare Draft Report and Final Report.. ..................................... 2-10 E. Step 5 - Present Final Report to JPA Board ............................................. 2-12 F. Step 6 - Notify Customers of Rate Hearing ............................................. 2-12 G. Step 7 - Receive Approval from City Council and County Boards ........... 2-12 H. Step 8 - Implement New Rates ................................................................ 2-13

3. Interim Year Rate Setting Process ................................................... 3-1 A. Step 1 - Prepare and Submit Rate Application ............................. .............. 3-1 B. Step 2 - Prepare Draft Report and Final Report ............. ............................ 3-2 C. Step 3 - Receive Approval from City Council and County Boards ............. 3-6 D. Step 4 -Implement New Rates ................................................................... 3-6 Appendix
A. Blank Forms and Worksheets ........... .. .................... .. ....................... A-1 496
[This page intentionally left blank.]
ii Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 497
8 .
.

Section l
Rate Setting Goals and O~jectives
498
l . Rate Setting Goals
and Objectives
This section of the manual provides an overview of the rate setting process. The section includes five subsections:

A. Introduction
B. Rate Setting Goals
C. Rate Setting Policies
D. Rate Application Process
E. Allowable and Non-Allowable Costs.

A. Introduction
This manual is a step-by-step guide for the South Lake Tahoe Basin Waste Management Authority QPA), and its franchise hauler, to prepare and approve changes in solid waste collection rates. The manual establishes rate change policies, provides application forms, specifies reporting formats, identifies required supporting documentation, and describes the procedure for requesting, reviewing, and adopting rate changes. The following three (3) jurisdictions make up the JPA:
• City of South Lake Tahoe, California
• El Dorado County, California
• Douglas County, Nevada.

In 1996, the JPA developed a "Solid Waste Collection, Recycling, and Transfer Station Operations Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual' ( 1996 Manual) as a tool to use to regulate solid waste rates. This version (version 2.0) represents the first update to the 1996 Manual since that time.

The franchise hauler for the three (3) jurisdictions is South Tahoe Refuse Company, Inc. (STR). Each jurisdiction has a franchise agreement with STR for collection and disposal of refuse as follows:
• Collection Franchise Agreement between El Dorado County and South Tahoe Refase Company, Inc., dated February 13, 1995 • Solid Waste Services Agreement between City of South Lake Tahoe and South Tahoe Refase Company, Inc., dated August 21, 2001 • Solid Waste Services Agreement between Douglas County and South Tahoe Refuse Company, Inc., dated October 2006. ' ' The franchise agreement has been amended three times. On March 15, 2007, the franchise was amended to reflect the correct franchise fee (First Amendment). On October 15, 2009, the franchise was amended to update indices used in the cost-of-living adjustment (COLA, Second Amendment). The most recent amendment was signed on December 21, 2009, again revising the COLA, to account for negative rate changes (Third Amendment). 499
Table 1- 1
South Tahoe Refuse Company, Inc.

Business Divisions
-- Divisions Service Areas
I. South Tahoe • City of South
Refuse Company Lake Tahoe
• Unincorporated
El Dorado County
• Douglas County,
Nevada

2. American River • Unincorporated
Disposal El Dorado County

3. Sierra Disposal • Unincorporated
Service El Dorado County
Covered
by Manual
Yes
No
No
Each franchise agreement currently has slightly
different terms and conditions for how rates are
set. The intent of this manual update is to replace
these varied rate setting terms and conditions with
common rate setting terms and conditions that the
JPA, and the three (3) jurisdictions, can agree to,
and apply. The intent of this manual update is
for each jurisdiction to incorporate this updated
version 2.0 of the manual, by reference, into their
respective franchise agreements with STR.

This manual is meant as a tool for setting rates
for the three (3) jurisdictions, combined. The JPA
will be responsible for reviewing rate applications
submitted by the franchised hauler. The JPA will
recommend percentage rate changes to apply to the
three (3) jurisdictions.' Each jurisdiction, however,
will have the ultimate authority to approve the
JPA's rate change recommendation (i.e., at the city
council or board of supervisor level).
3 2 For base year reviews, there would be one recommended rate change for the City of South Lake Tahoe and Douglas County, and one recommended rate change for El Dorado County. For interim year reviews, there would be one recommended rate change for the City of South Lake Tahoe and El Dorado County, and one recommended rate change for Douglas County.
3 Interim year rate setting for the City of South Lake Tahoe and Douglas County is procedural and does not require a rate hearing. Interim year rate setting for El Dorado County does require a rate hearing.

The franchised hauler, South Tahoe Refuse
Company, Inc. , has three (3) divisions as shown
in Table 1-1, left. T he South Tahoe Refuse
Company represents the division covered by
this manual.

The JPA intends for this manual to be revised
over time, as needed, to reflect changes in objectives
or modifications to the franchise agreements. 4
B. Rate Setting Goals
The primary goal of the rate setting process and
methodology is to determine solid waste collection
rates which are fair to customers and which provide
a fair return to the franchise hauler. A total of six
(6) rate setting process goals were considered in
developing this rate setting methodology:

1. The JPA and franchised hauler should start
with a strong and committed partnership.

The JPA and franchised hauler should view
this franchise as a business partnership where
both parties commit to use the formal rate
setting methodology, and plan continuous
communication on rate setting
throughout the franchise term.

2. Rates requested by the franchise hauler must
be justifiable and supportable. A formal
request to change rates, submitted by the
franchise hauler, should provide the basis for
all rate changes, include only allowable and
necessary costs, and provide accountability
for expenditures. In determining rates, the
JP A shall consider both the need for fairness
to the ratepayer and the need to compensate
the franchise hauler fairly and consistently
with the methodology.

3. The estimated costs of service, and resulting
solid waste rates, should be reasonable.

The JPA acknowledges that maintenance
• Should the JPA dissolve at any time in the future, the three jurisdictions have indicated a preference to continue to use this manual on a jurisdictional basis. Jurisdiction-specific rate setting would require some modifications to the methodology in that STR would have to allocate its revenues and costs to each jurisdiction.
1-2 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 500
of quality service is related to providing
adequate compensation, and financial
incentives, for continued good performance.

Revenues generated should be adequate
to fully meet reasonable costs-of-service.

The resulting monthly fees for solid waste
collection service should be comparable
to those charged in other jurisdictions for
providing similar services.

4. The process should be kept as simple as
possible, while ensuring that any rate
request is justifiable and reasonable. The
process should be easy to explain and not
place an undue cost on either the JPA,
the jurisdictions, or the franchise hauler
to implement. The process also should
minimize administrative efforts of the JPA,
and its jurisdictions.

5. The rate setting process should provide
mechanisms for ongoing rate review
and rate stability. A periodic, formal, and
thorough JPA review (every three years)
of financial and operating data will set an
expectation for the hauler and ultimately
will protect the ratepayer. These reviews
should be conducted consistently and in
accordance with set schedules in the
manual. The process should prevent large,
unexpected fluctuations in rates due to
changes in costs or from the need to fund
a broadening scope of waste management
services. This formal process also serves to
meet the fiduciary responsibility of the JPA,
and individual jurisdictions, to its ratepayers.

6. The JPA and franchised hauler should
strive to maximize opportunities to
improve performance and service quality
while maintaining cost competitiveness in
the marketplace. In a "cost-plus-profit"
contract such as exists between the
jurisdictions and franchised hauler, there
can be less incentive for the hauler to
decrease costs because increases in allowable
costs actually result in increases in allowable
operating profit levels. Ideally, the JPA, and
the hauler, should set rates in a base year,
and the hauler should attempt to reduce its
costs in subsequent years.

C. Rate Setting Policies
The JPA will use the following eight (8)
policies when setting rates:

1. Use the Operating Ratio Method to
Determine Profit - The JPA will use the
operating ratio (OR) method to establish
revenue requirements for setting rates.

The operating ratio establishes revenue
requirements based on allowable expenses
and is defined as follows:

Operating = Allowable expenses
ratio Allowable expenses + Profit
The operating ratio effectively determines
the profit allowed to the franchise hauler on
operating costs. Total revenue requirements
then are determined as the sum of:
(1) allowable operating costs, (2) allowable
profit, and (3) pass-through costs (for which
the franchise hauler receives no profit).

Specific operating ratios are provided in
Exhibit 1-1 on page 1-10.

2. Do Not Allow Retroactive Rate Increases -
There will be no allowance for a retroactive
increase in rates, except by special
agreement, or by party default. Retroactive
reimbursements can move rates out of
alignment with the actual costs of providing
service. This process and methodology
codifies strict rate review timelines and
responsibilities. If the JPA, jurisdictions,
and hauler adhere to these timelines for
submission and rate change approval, and
no party defaults on these timelines, all
future rates should be established such that
there is no need for retroactive rate increases.

3. Do Not Allow Balancing Accounts -
This rate setting process is based on projecting
results during base years. Thus, actual base
year results likely will differ from base year
projections. In some regulatory environments,
these differences are "balanced" in subsequent
years by using a balancing account.

Balancing accounts are occasionally used in
the waste industry as an accounting-based
approach to true up a previous year's
1-3
501
projections to actual financial results. A
balancing account can then be used to address
differences between actual and projected
results. A balancing account requires
substantial administration, reporting, and
control measures which determine how funds
in the account are invested and managed.

When a balancing account is established,
terms and conditions related to these accounts
are clearly documented as part of a rate
setting process and methodology manual.

Also, terms and conditions are specifically
incorporated by reference into contractual
agreements between the respective parties.

The problem with balancing accounts is
that by funding surpluses and deficits using
rate revenues, rates charged to customers
ultimately do not reflect the true cost of
providing service to customers because they
include retroactive components. Over time,
current ratepayers can end up ultimately
subsidizing, or beneficing from, prior
generations of ratepayers. For example,
if rates are raised to pay off a balancing
account, then current ratepayers bear the
responsibility of what previous ratepayers
should have paid for initially.

Municipal finance principles generally
require a strong nexus between (1) cost-ofservice and benefits and (2) cost-of-service and rates. Use of a balancing account
generally breaks down this nexus and
results in rate inequalities.

A balancing account also frequently is less
useful when a long-term franchise exists.

With a long-term business partnership,
there is less need to recover variances
between actual and projected results on
a year-to-year basis. These variances can
often be absorbed over the course of a long
term franchise, such as is the case between
the jurisdictions and franchise hauler.

Balancing accounts are not designed to
account for differences between "rates asked
for" and "rates received." They also are not
designed for accounting for differences
between "rates received" and "a fair rate of
return. " Balancing accounts, by their very
nature, result in retroactive rates, which do
not reflect cost-of-service based rates.

4. Do Not Allow Fuel Surcharges - There
will be no separate "fuel surcharges" added
to rates to account for increases in fuel
costs. Fuel surcharges create accounting
problems (e.g., which fuel index to use,
over what time period to use the index,
and determining what portion of the rate
that fuel costs represent). Fuel surcharges
require separate accounting from allowable
rate changes which may already reflect
compensation to the franchise hauler for
changes in fuel costs (e.g., as part of a CPIbased rate change during interim years).

Fuel surcharges lag actual changes in fuel
prices (by as much as one year), so changes
in the fuel surcharge are disconnected
from current changes in fuel prices. Fuel
costs typically represent a relatively small
portion of the overall rate charged (less
than ten (10) percent), minimizing the
impact of fluctuating fuel prices on overall
rates. Finally, once established, fuel
surcharges can linger within rates during
periods when fuel prices are stable and
when a fuel surcharge is not necessary.

5. Analyze Related Party Transactions -
The company has certain related-party
transactions with affiliates. The company
must disclose all related party transactions
as part of the rate setting process.

The JPA will allow only those transactions
with these related parties which are "market
based." The JPA will assess whether related
party transactions are conducted on an
"arms length" basis, equivalent to terms as
with an unrelated party in the conditions
of a competitive, free market, environment.

STR related parties are identified in
Table 1-2, on the next page.

During its review, the JPA may request that
STR provide the following information in
support of related party transactions:

D Allocation methods used, if applicable
1-4 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 502
Table 1-2
STR Related Parties and Transactions
Related Company Relationship/Transaction
Douglas Disposal, • Owned by same ownership
Inc. (DOI) group as STR
• STR leases facility space to DOI
• STR leases office space to DOI
• STR leases computers to DOI
• STR loans money to DOI
Tahoe Basin • Owned by same ownership
Container Service group as STR
(TBC) • STR leases facility space and
equipment to TBC
• ST R leases office space to TBC
• STR rents computers to TBC
• STR loans money to TBC
American River • Owned by same ownership
Disposal (ARD) group as STR
• STR leases office space to ARD
• STR leases computers to ARD
• STR provides office contract
labor to ARD
Sierra Disposal • Owned by same ownership
Service (SOS) group as STR
• ST R leases office space to SOS
• STR leases computers to SOS
0 Nature, extent, and magnitude of
the relationship
0 Terms of the related parry transaction
(e.g., timing of payments, term length)
0 Historical information (e.g., ownership)
0 Dace of acquisition (if applicable)
0 Purchase price of item (if applicable)
0 Financing terms for item (if applicable).

The JPA may require STR to provide up
to three (3) comparable lease races for
leases of facilities and equipment. For
related parry company leases, the JPA may
require STR to identify financing charges,
or profit components, within these lease
rates. STR should be prepared to support
the business purpose for each related
parry transaction.

The JP A will examine how related parry
transactions are created for rate setting
purposes in the Base Year Rate Application.

The JPA will assess whether related
parry transactions already have a profit
component on chem, and if so, treat these
related parry transactions as pass-through
costs (without a profit component)
to avoid a "double counting" of profit.

The JPA will consider all of the above
factors in determining whether the related
parry transaction is an allowable cost and
is charged at a reasonable amount.

6. Account for Prior Resource Recovery
Facility (RRF) Rate Funding - For each of
the three consecutive years of 2005, 2006,
and 2007, each of the three jurisdictions
approved a nine (9) percent race increase
for STR. The first of these three nine (9)
percent race increases, implemented in 2005,
was provided to fund general STR cost
increases. For the second nine (9) percent
race increase implemented in 2006, a total of
six (6) percent of chis nine (9) percent rate
increase was provided to fund operating
and capital costs of the Resource Recovery
Facility (RRF) project. For the third nine (9)
percent rate increase, implemented in 2007,
a total of six ( 6) percent of chis rate increase
also was provided to fund operating and
capital costs of the Resource Recovery
Facility (RRF) Project.

For 2006, and 2007, El Dorado County
and Douglas County required chat STR
pay the six ( 6) percent race increase, which
was provided to cover the RRF, to the JPA.

The JPA then released these amounts back
to STR upon completion of certain RRF
project milestones.

For 2006, and 2007, the City of South
Lake Tahoe required chat STR pay the
six (6) percent rate increase, which was
provided to cover the RRF, to the City
of South Lake Tahoe. The City of South
Lake Tahoe then released these amounts
back to STR upon completion of certain
RRF project milestones.
1-5
503
Table 1-3
Recycling Revenue Bonus Amounts
For Extraordinary Diversion
(2012 to 2018)
-
Minimum Minimum
Diversion Rate Diversion Rate
Years To Achieve 25% To Achieve 50%
of Recycling of Recycling
Revenue Share Revenue Share
2012 to 2014 38 44
2015 to 2016 40 47
201 7 co 2018 43 50
STR received these RRF-related funds and
collected project revenues in excess of
project expenses totaling $4,722,285. The
RRF project was completed in April, 2010.

Beginning at the next base year (2012),
STR will include a credit to JPA
jurisdiction ratepayers of $787,048 each
year through the end of 2017. This
amount was determined by dividing the
credit of $4,722,285 by six years. The
credit amount of $787,048 will be applied
to the base year rate in 2012 and 2015.

This means that in each base year, the
$787,048 amount will be reset as a credit
line item in the base year rate application.

7. Use Recycling Materials Sales Revenue
Sharing - There will be a recycling revenue
bonus which is tied to STR diversion levels.

In addition to the calculation of allowed
profit, STR is allowed the recycling revenue
bonuses shown in Table 1-3, below. For
years 2019 and beyond, the JPA will reassess
whether the recycling diversion rates, which
trigger revenue sharing, remain sufficient
to meet State of California diversion
requirements. For 2019 and beyond, the
JPA may adjust the diversion rates, which
trigger revenue sharing, upward by up to
three (3) percent per year to achieve greater
State of California diversion requirements.

8. Eliminate Annual Summary Report -
Beginning in 2010, STR will no longer be
required to submit an Annual Summary
Repon as had been the required practice dating
back to the original 1996 Manual version.

9. Unforeseen Circumstances - The JPA
and/or the three jurisdictions shall consider
a proposed revision in STR's rates whenever
STR establishes to the satisfaction of the
JPA and/or each jurisdiction that unforeseen
circumstances have arisen that have or will
materially affect STR's costs or revenues
under this rate manual.

D. Rate Application Process

1. Base Year Process
The JPA requires that the franchise hauler
submit a detailed Base Year Rate Application once
every three (3) years. With the Base Year Rate
Application, the franchise hauler provides detailed
financial and operating information which is
carefully reviewed and analyzed by the JP A.

These detailed reviews are referred to as "base
year reviews" in the methodology.

With the Base Year Rate Application, the franchise
h~uler submits audited financial statements for the
previously completed fiscal year. These statements
serve as the base documents for the application.

The franchised hauler should reconcile financial
information contained in the Base Year Rate
Application with the audited financial statements
to provide assurance that all of the company's
activities are accounted for.

The timing of the base year process is shown
in Figure 1-1, on the next page. The schedule
is expected to start with submission of the Base
Year Rate Application on May 31" of the year
proceeding each base year. The process targets
an implementation date of January 1" of the
base year. 5
5 For Douglas County, the maximum rate increase is 9.9 percent before the County must take the increase to the County citizens for a vote of approval.
1-6 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 504
Figure 1-1
Timing of Base Year Process
2 Verify Completeness of Rate Application
3 Review Rate Application and Prepare Response
4 5
6 7
8 Prepare Draft Report and Final Report
Prepare Final Report to JPA Board
Notify Customers of Rate Hearing
Receive Approval from City Council and
County Boards
Implement New Rates
Table 1-4
Base Year Financial Statement Requirements
(Fiscal Year Ending June 30)
Base Prior Current Base
Year Year Year Year
(Audited) (Estimated) (Projected)
2012' 2010 2011 2012
2015 2013 2014 2015
2018 2016 2017 2018
2021 2019 2020 2021
2024 2022 2023 2024
2027 2025 2026 2027
The Base Year Rate Application requires three
(3) years of data, including a year of actual data
(based on audited information), a year of
estimated data (based on year-to-date information
available at the time the application is submitted),
and the projection, or base year. The required
years, and types, of data for upcoming base year
reviews are displayed in Table 1-4, above. For
• Represents the fiscal year ending June 30, 2011 .
example, for the 2012 base year, STR would
prepare the Base Year Rate Application using
audited 2010 data, estimated year-to-date 2011
data, and entirely projected 2012 data.

STR operates on a fiscal year ending June 30.

Thus, for the current year, STR should have
available the first three quarters of compiled,
not audited, fiscal year data to use for its current
year estimate (i.e., data through March of the
current year).

2. Interim Year Process
In each of the "interim" two (2) years between
"base" years, should the franchised hauler want to
increase rates, the JPA requires that the franchise
hauler submit an Interim Year Rate Application
for an interim year rate change. The scope and
content of the Interim Year Rate Application is
much more limited than a base year request. The
franchised hauler is not obligated to request an
increase in rates and can instead request to leave
rates unchanged.
1-7
505
Figure 1-2
Timing of Interim Year Process
2 Prepare Draft Report and Final Report
3 Receive Approval from City Council and County Boards. 4 Implement New Races
During the interim years, STR shall be entitled to
increase its rates based upon the following formula:
(1) eighry-five (85) percent of the annual
percentage change in the most recent actual,
not forecasted, change in the Consumer
Price Index, All Urban Consumers,
U.S. Ciry Average - Garbage and Trash
Collection (December 1983= 100, series
CUUROOOOSEHG02) ("CPI") applied to
costs other than landfill disposal costs, plus
(2) projected changes in landfill disposal costs.
7 For the first part of the calculation (noted as
(1) above), the JPA and franchised hauler will use
the percentage change in the CPI for the prior
June to June twelve-month period. This June to
June CPI data will be available at the time the
franchised hauler submits the Interim Year
Application in August (see Exhibit A-4, for sample
of CPI percent change calculation).

Interim year rate adjustments are subject to a
"floor" and 'a "cap." During interim years, rates
shall not be greater than six ( 6) percent nor less
than one (1) percent, regardless of the rate
change calculated by the interim year formula.

The timing of the interim year process is
shown in Figure 1-2, above. The schedule is
expected to start with submission of the Interim
7 These landfill disposal costs are currently set by a non-related party to STR, under a long-term disposal agreement.

Year Rate Application on August 31" of the year
proceeding the interim year. The process targets
an implementation date of January 1" of the
interim year.

E. Allowable and
Non-Allowable Costs
Rates are established for each base year based
on the hauler's projected revenue requirement.

The revenue requirement is defined as the sum
of the following: ,
• Allowable costs
• Allowable operating profits
• Pass through costs.

For purposes of computing the revenue
requirement, it is necessary to determine which
of the franchise hauler's costs are (1) allowable
costs, (2) pass through costs, and (3) nonallowable costs.

1. Allowable Costs
When a cost is said to be "allowable," that
cost, plus a profit component associated with
that cost, is included in rates charged to the
ratepayers. Allowable costs are often those costs
that are integral to the hauler's operation and/or
are associated with actual activiry performed by
the hauler.
1-8 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 506
Table 1-5
Allowable Depreciation Methods and Useful Lives
for STR Assets Purchased After January 1 , 201 O - -
Category Method Useful Life
(Years)
Carts SL' 5
Office Equipment SL 5
Vehicles and Equipment SL 8
Buildings and Leasehold SL 20 Improvements
The hauler is allowed to earn a profit on certain
costs. The majority of allowable costs are direct
labor, equipment costs and facility costs, landfill
disposal costs, office salaries, and general and
administrative costs. These allowable costs are
defined in Exhibit 1-1, on the following page.

Exhibit 1-2, following Exhibit 1-1, includes a
chart of expense accounts (based on current STR
financial statements) for allowable costs, which
serves to further clarify categories of allowable costs.

The following costs are clarified because of
their special treatment for rate setting:
• Depreciation - Table 1-5, above, shows
depreciation methods and useful lives, by
asset type, recommended for rate setting
purposes. Current methods used to
depreciate capital items, which were in use
prior to this version 2.0 of the manual, are
allowed to continue. Useful lives in Table
1-5 are for new capital purchases (i.e.,
those made during and after 2010).
• Officer's Salaries - Reasonable officer's
salaries are considered an allowable cost.

Officers are employees fully performing
management functions identified in the
franchise agreement. Officer's salaries
include base compensation plus bonuses
and do not include profit distributions
to owners. The JPA shall set the total
combined officer's salaries for the franchise
• Represents straight-line depreciation.
hauler, at a reasonable level, during each
base year. For purposes of establishing
base year rates, the total amount of
officer's salaries of six ( 6) percent of gross
revenues is deemed reasonable.
9 • Materials Recovery Facility and Resource
Recovery Facility Capital Costs - The
rate treatment of equipment and building
costs associated with the STR Materials
Recovery Facility (MRF) and Resource
Recovery Facility (RRF) is summarized in
Table 1-6, on page 1-13. These rate
treatment provisions are based on the
agreed upon terms and conditions at the
time the MRF and RRF were constructed.
• Blue and Green Bag Program Costs -
STR currently provides blue bag curbside
recycling services to JP A customers. STR
collects these blue bags with the refuse
container and sorts the materials at its
Materials Recovery Facility (MRF). Blue
bags are, however, currently paid for by
the jurisdictions themselves and not STR.

For the blue bag program, the costs for
blue bags are not included in current rates
charged to JPA customers.

STR plans to roll out a yardwaste program,
with or without the green bags also
collected with the refuse container.

Materials from the yardwaste program will
be sorted at STR' s Resource Recovery
Facility (RRF). For the yardwaste program,
the costs for green bags are not included in
current rates charged to JPA customers.

During the next rate review, blue bag and
yardwaste program revenues and costs will
be fully reflected in the rates charged to
JPA customers. The full costs of the blue
bag and yardwaste programs will be
9 Currently, officer salaries have been limited to an agreed upon amount specified in the franchise agreements to be adjusted annually by a CPI. STR distributes the officer salaries, under its discretion, within the limit allowed under the current franchise agreements for the City of South Lake Tahoe, El Dorado County, and Douglas County. Providing for officer salaries of 6 percent of gross revenues will provide about the same limit for officer salaries as the allowable amount specified in the franchise agreements.
1-9
507
Exhibit 1- 1
Definition of Financial Terms Page I of2
Application Line Number/Item Definition
Allowable Operating Costs
I. Direct Labor Wages, and related benefits, paid to refuse collection staff, including wages, overtime, payroll taxes, health and welfare benefits, workers compensation, and pension benefits.

2. Equipment Costs Includes cost of equipment depreciation, equipment leases, equipment insurance, equipment and Facility Costs repair and maintenance, fuel, and other miscellaneous equipment expenses. Facilities expenses consist of building rent, building depreciation, and building repair /and maintenance.

3. Landfill Disposal Costs Costs to dispose of solid waste at landfills.

4. Office Salaries Wages, and related benefits, paid to office and administrative staff, including wages, overtime, payroll taxes, health and welfare benefits, workers compensation, and pension benefits.

5. General and General and administrative coses including:

Administration Costs • Advertising
• Colleccion fees
• Contract labor
• Dues and subscriptions
• Employee education
• General insurance
• Office repair and maincenance
• Officer salaries and benefits (less chan or equal to six (6) percent of gross revenues) • Professional fees
• Property caxes
• Office expense
• Licenses
• Supplies
• Travel
• Utilities.
1-1 O Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 508
Exhibit 1-1
Definition of Financial Terms , tir ~""J) Page2 f2
Application Line Number/Item Definition
Operating Ratio (OR)
Allowable Operating Profit
MRF and RRF Principal
Payments
Interest Expense
Franchise Fees
Resource Recovery Facility Fund
Credit
Allowable Operating Profit
For the City of South Lake Tahoe and Douglas County, a profit is allowed based on a sliding scale which varies with STR's recovery percentage as follows:

Operating Ratio Recovery Percentage

94.34 0-15%

93.90 16

93.46 17

93.02 18

92.59 19

92.17 20

91.74 21

91.32 22

90.90 23

90.50 24
89 25-28
88 29-32
87 33-100
For El Dorado County, a profit is allowed, based on a targeted operating ratio ranging betweer 87 and 91 percent. For El Dorado County, in the base year, if rates remain unchanged at an operating ratio within the range of 87 to 91 percent, and the franchise hauler actually realized an operating ratio within this range, then that same operating ratio resulting in no rate change is used, and no rate change occurs. Otherwise, an 89 percent operating ratio is used for the bas year calculation. For El Dorado County, the operating ratio for the first base year (2012) will be set at 89 percent.

Established by the allowable operating ratio and equal to total allowable costs divided by the allowable OR, less total allowable costs.

Pass Through Costs
For the City of South Lake Tahoe and Douglas County, principal payments on debt used to finance the Materials Recovery Facility (MRF) and Resource Recovery Facility (RRF). For El Dorado County, principal payments on the debt used to finance the MRF and RRF will be allowed with profit.

For the City of South Lake Tahoe and Douglas County, interest on debt used to finance all STR operations. For El Dorado County, interest on the debt used to finance the MRF and RRF will be allowed with profit.

Equal to five (5) percent of gross residential, commercial, and recycling revenues for the City of South Lake Tahoe and El Dorado County, and three (3) percent of gross residential, commercial, and recycling revenues for the Douglas County. 10 Rates will be reduced by an amount of$288,121 (plus afcer tax interest) for each year between 2012 and 2024
10 This franchise fee amount is subject to change by any of the three (3) JPA jurisdictions. 1- 11
509
Exhibit 1-2
Chart of Accounts
for Allowable Operating Costs
Category Description
Direct Labor • Direct Labor
• Direct Labor Benefits
• Direct Labor Insurance
• Direct Labor Workers Compensation
• Direct Labor Pension
• Direct Labor Payroll TaJCes
Equipment Costs and Facility Costs • Equipment and Facility Depreciation • Property Rent
• Equipment Rent
• Fuel
• Repairs and Maintenance
Landfill Disposal Costs • Dump Fees
Office Salaries • Office Scaff Salaries
• Office Scaff Benefits
• Office Scaff Insurance
• Office Scaff Workers Compensation
• Office Scaff Pension
• Office Staff Payroll T aJCes
General and Administrative Costs • Advertising
• Contract Labor
• Dues and Subscriptions
• Employee Education
• General Insurance
• Office Expense
• Officer Salaries
• O cher Administrative Costs
• Licenses and Fees
• Property T aJCes
• Supplies
• Travel
• Ucilicies
1-12 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 510
Table 1-6
Materials Recovery Facility and Resource Recovery Facility Capital and Operating Cost Treatment -
Description
Materials Recovery Facility and Resource Recovery Facility Depreciation Equipment Depreciation II
Building Depreciation
Materials Recovery Facility and Resource Recovery Facility Building Financing Interest
Principal
12 Materials Recovery Facility and Resource Recovery Facility Equipment Financing Interest
Principal
- Rate Setting Treatment
Allowable with Profit
Non-Allowable Cost
Pass-Through Expense
Pass-Through Expense
Pass-Through Expense
Non-Allowable Cost
11 Includes reasonable depreciation on equipment used in the Materials Recovery Facility and Resource Recovery Facility. 12 Includes debt financing on loans provided by the South Lake Tahoe Basin Waste Management Authority. For El Dorado County's portion of the debt financing, these MRF and RRF financing amounts will be treated as an allowed cost. 1-13
511
considered an allowable cost (with profit) for
rate setting purposes. STR will then thereafter
purchase and provide the blue and/or green
bags to its customers as determined by the
JPA. The individual jurisdictions will no
longer be required to purchase and provide
blue and/or green bags to their customers.

2. Pass Through Costs
Pass through costs are costs included in rates
charged to customers, however these costs do not
have an associated profit component. Pass through
costs are generally transactional in nature and
often are thought of as costs not associated with
any significant effort performed by the hauler.

The following pass through costs do not earn
a profit, but are included in determining total
revenue requirements to establish solid waste rates:
• MRF principal payments (City of South
Lake Tahoe and Douglas County) 13
• RRF principal payments (City of South
Lake Tahoe and Douglas County) 13
• I 14 nterest expense
• Franchise fees
• RRF fund credit
• Franchise fees.

3. Non-AJlowable Costs
Non-allowable costs are not allowed in rates
charged to ratepayers. These costs are disallowed
because (1) they may not be associated with the
core business, (2) they may be included implicitly
in the profit level allowed by the JPA, or (3) they
may unnecessarily complicate rate regulation
(e.g., income taxes). Costs shown in Exhibit 1-3,
on the next page, are not allowable for rate setting,
and as a result will not be passed onto ratepayers.
13 For El Dorado County, principal payments on the MRF and RRF financing are allowable costs.
14 For El Dorado County, interest on the MRF and RRF financing is an allowable cost.

Table 1-7
Recommended STR Allocation Methods For Costs
Shared with Other Non-JPA Serviced Jurisdictions
Cost Category Allocation Method
Billing costs Number of bills processed
Disposal costs Actual tonnage
Equipment costs (e.g., rental, Truck usage (over
leases, parts, fuel, supplies, representative period)
tires, repair and maintenance,
licenses, permits)
Franchise fees Revenues multiplied by
fee percentage
General and administrative Direct labor hours
costs, management fees
Loans Revenues

4. Cost AJlocations and Methodologies
The franchised hauler should provide
supporting documentation and rationale for the
allocation of expenses between the franchised
areas covered by this manual and non-JPA areas
serviced by South Tahoe Refuse Company .

Examples of the types of expenses which may
require justification for allocations may include:
• Billing costs
• Disposal costs
• Equipment costs
• General and administrative costs
• Loans to or from affiliates
• Loans to or from officers
• Management fees.

The franchised hauler should be prepared to
provide a reasonable and supportable methodology
for these cost allocations. Table 1-7, above,
provides recommended allocation methods for
various costs which may be shared between JPA
and non-JP A jurisdictions.
1-14 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 512
Exhibit 1-3
Non-Allowable Costs
Category
Amortization of Franchise Purchases
Charitable and Political Donations
Entertainment Expenses
Fines and Penalties
Income Taxes
Cost of Repairs Due to Operator Negligence
Costs Incurred to Serve Other Jurisdictions
(i.e., for non-JPA areas served by STR
(e.g., Forest Service areas))
-- Description
Consistent with the waste management industry, the JPA disallows amortization of franchise purchases because the operating ratio is designed to provide a return to the company sufficient to compensate for the company's investment in the business. • Costs associated with attempting to influence the outcome of any federal, state, or local election, referendum, initiative, or similar procedure, through in-kind or cash contriburions, endorsements, publicity, or similar activities. • Establishing, administering, contributing to, or paying the expenses of a political parry, campaign, political action committee, or other organization established for the purposes of influencing the outcomes of elections.

Costs incurred in hosting social events for clients or suppliers. Examples include costs of tickets, concerts, athletic events, or other performances; room rentals; cruises; entertaining guests at athletic, social, or sporting clubs and on vacation or other similar trips.

Costs associated with violations of, or failure of, the hauler to comply with federal, state, local, or foreign laws and regulations. This category of non-allowable costs can also include costs in connection with alteration or destruction of records, or other false or improper charging or recording of costs.

The operating ratio is provided on a pre-tax basis. To allow income tax expense would unnecessarily add complexity to the rate review process.

Costs of negligence on the part of the hauler which could include accidents or property damage.

The franchised hauler will be compensated for only those costs that can be directly attributable to operations within the franchised boundaries. The franchised hauler should have a clear basis for allocating shared costs to the franchise areas covered by this manual, and those franchised areas not covered by this manual.

The JPA will assess reasonableness of the revenue
and cost projections provided by the franchised
hauler in its Base Year Rate Application. Examples
of rypes of factors the JPA will consider when
assessing reasonableness of projected revenues and
costs are shown in Table 1-8, on the next page.
1-15
513
Table 1-8
Base Year Rate Review
Revenue and Cost Projection Factors ~
Description Factors to Consider in Developing Revenue and Cost Projections Revenues
RC5idential and commercial revenue5 • Projected account growth based on historical account trends, or population trends • Historical changes in tonnage (particularly for the industrial sector) Recycled materials sales revenue5 • Historical changes in recycled materials volumes • Recycled commodity pricing trends (may be highly volatile) Costs
Direct labor • Projected increases in wage rates
• Planned changes in insurance races
• Planned changes in benefit races
Equipment costs and facility costs • H istorical average trends in costs (last three years) • Inflation rates
• Fuel price history
• Depreciation schedules
• Equipment replacement plans
Landfill disposal fee5 • H istorical changes in refuse tonnage • Tipping fee rate increases, per contract
Office salaries • Projected increases in wage rates
• Planned changes in insurance rates
• Planned changes in benefit rates
General and administrative costs • Historical average trends in coses (lase three years) • Inflation rates
MRF principal payments • Loan documents
lntere5t expense • Borrowing rates
• Loan documents
Franchise fees • Projected changes in revenues multiplied by the fee amount 1-16 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 514
Section 2
Base Year Rate Setting Process
515

2. Base Year Rate
Setting Process
This section describes each of the eight (8) steps of the base year rate setting process.

Each step includes an overview of the seep and a detailed description of the casks required co complete the step. The section includes eight (8) subsections:

A. Step 1 - Prepare and Submit Rate Application
B. Step 2 - Verify Completeness of Rate Application
C. Step 3 - Review Rate Application and Prepare Response D. Step 4 - Prepare Draft Report and Final Report
E. Step 5 - Present Final Report to ]PA Board
F. Step 6 - Notify Customers of Rate Hearing
G. Step 7 - Receive Approval from City Council and County Boards H Step 8 - Implement New Rates.

A. Step 1 - Prepare and Submit Rate Application
Responsibility: Franchise hauler
Timing: Completed seven (7) months prior to the dace new races become effective Tasks: a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.

I.

Overview
Prepare Cost Information
Prepare Revenue Information
Prepare Operating Information
Calculate Allowable Operating Profit
Determine Franchise Fee
Calculate Revenue Requirement
Calculate Net Surplus/Shortfall and Percent Change in Rates Calculate New Percentage Race Change and Races
Prepare and Submit Race Application.

During chis seep, the franchise hauler prepares the Base Year Rate Application. This three-page form includes detailed financial and operating information and is used to determine the actual costs and revenues of the franchise hauler. Blank copies of the Base Year Rate Application are provided in Appendix A (Exhibit A-1).

Several lines in the application contain four columns. These columns are intended to show the relationship between the most recently completed year, the current year, and projections for the new "base" year. These columns are organized as follows:
516
• Column one includes actual audited
information for the franchise hauler's prior
fiscal year. This is the most recent year that
financial information is available and that
actual costs and revenues can be verified.
• Column two is for estimating performance
during the current fiscal year. The "current
year" is the franchise hauler's fiscal year prior
to the new base year. The Base Year Rate
Application is prepared during the course
of the current year. Data in this column
should include year-to-date performance
plus estimated performance during the
remaining months of the current fiscal year.
• Columns three and four are used to report
projected performance during the new base
year. This information is entirely a
projection and is utilized to determine any
rate changes. Projected information should
be developed by estimating anticipated
service levels during the base year, and
determining the revenues and expenses
which will be incurred to provide these
services. Each cost element in the application
should be reviewed and any anticipated
change in specific line items should be
included in the base year projection. For
example, if labor rates are scheduled to
change, or if landfill disposal costs are
expected to change, these changes should be
included in projections for the base year.

The relationship between these four (4) columns
for any given line item should be consistent. Any
substantial difference between each of the three (3)
years should be explained by the franchise hauler and
considered by the JPA during the review process.

The franchise hauler should provide a copy of
audited financial statements for the prior fiscal
year. Financial information from the audit is
consolidated into specific categories identified in
the application. All financial information shall be
in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. The franchise hauler should prepare
supplemental documentation which reconciles
the financial audit for the most recently
completed fiscal year to information provided in
the application. This documentation should be
included in the application package.
a. Prepare Cost Information
Cost information from the franchise hauler is
provided in the Base Year Rate Application. Cost
information is reported for the most recently
completed fiscal year, the current fiscal year, and the new base year. Information reported in each line item
represents the total combined costs for residential,
curbside recycling, yardwaste, commercial, transfer
station, and RRF services. Segregation of costs by
residential, curbside recycling, yardwaste, commercial, transfer station, and RRF services is not required.

Cost information includes:
• Allowable Costs
D Direct Labor (Line 5)
D Equipment Costs and Facility Costs (Line 6)
D Landfill Disposal Costs (Line 7)
D Office Salaries (Line 8)
D General and Administration Costs (Line 9)
D MRF Principal and Interest Payments
(El Dorado County) (Line 1 O)
D RRF Principal and Interest Payments
(El Dorado County) (Line 11)
• Pass Through Costs
D MRF Principal Payments (Line 15)
D RRF Principal Payments (Line 16)
D MRF and RRF Interest Expenses (Line 17)'
D Franchise Fees (Line 59)
D RRF Fund Credit (Line 18)
D Recycling Revenue Bonus (Line 19).

Definitions and specific components of these cost
categories are described in Exhibits 1-1 and 1-2,
in Section 1.
' For El Dorado County, interest on the MRF and RRF financing is an allowable cost.
2-2 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 517
By aggregating costs into these line items, the
JPA, and franchised hauler, can focus on major
changes without becoming distracted by large
changes in insignificant cost components. For
example, if licenses and fees doubled from
$10,000 in the current year to $20,000 in the base
year (i.e., a 100 percent increase), this might only
cause General and Administrative Costs to
increase by one percent, resulting in little impact
on the overall rate. Minor components of General
and Administrative Costs may decrease between
the current year and the base year, while others
may increase.

If one of the major cost line items in the
application changes at an unusual rate, then the
franchise hauler should be able to explain the
change. An unusual change in cost is any change
which is greater than the change in the U.S. City
Average Garbage and Trash Collection CPI. The
CPI used in the analysis should be based on the
most current actual information for the U.S. City
Average Garbage and Trash Collection CPI. This
information is available from the United States
Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Cost information for the current year, and base
year, must account for any increases or decreases
in the number of customers served, or tons of
waste and recyclable material collected. Actual
increases in costs also must be included. For
example, if health benefit costs will increase in
the base year as a result of increases in premiums,
this additional cost should be included.

Cost information provided in the application
is used with operating profit to calculate the
franchise hauler's revenue requirement. The
revenue requirement is equal to the sum of the
following three categories:
• Total allowable operating costs
• Allowable operating profit
• Total pass through costs.

This revenue requirement is compared to
anticipated revenues. The JPA uses the operating
ratio (OR) method to establish revenue
requirements for setting rates.
b. Prepare Revenue Information
Revenue information is provided in this task.

Similar to cost information, revenues are reported
for the most recently completed fiscal year, the
current fiscal year, and the projected base fiscal year.

Revenues are reported in four (4) separate categories:
• Residential
• Commercial
• Transfer station and RRF revenues
• Recycled material sales.

Revenues in the base year are projected without
any changes in rates. Revenue projections are
prepared based on existing rates and the number
of customers which the franchise hauler
anticipates serving in the base year.

1. Determine Residential Revenues.

To calculate projected residential revenues
for the base year, enter the current monthly
rates by service type in the first column of
cells in lines 22 to 48, on page 2 of 3. Then
enter the projected number of accounts by
service type in the second column of cells
in lines 22 to 48, on page 2 of 3. Total
revenues for each service type are calculated
based on the following:

Multiplied lzJ
Equals
Current rate per month
Twelve months
Rate per year
Multiplied lzJ Projected residential accounts
Equals Revenues by service type.

Revenues by service type then are entered in
the third column of cells in lines 22 to 48,
on page 2 of 3. These values then are added
together, entered, and totaled in line 49.

Residential revenues should reflect all revenues
2-3
518
generated for providing curbside collection
services of refuse, recyclables, and yardwaste.

The number of accounts in each service
category may change throughout the year.

For example, some customers may request
one can service part of the year and an
additional can during the remainder of the
year. The average number of accounts by
service type should be used in these
calculations. In addition, the number of
accounts identified for these calculations
must agree with operating data provided in
Section VIII (page 3) of the application.

Multi-family can, cart, and bin services, and
mobile home park can, cart, and bin services,
should be included in residential revenues.

2. Determine Commercial Revenues.

Commercial revenue information is entered
in line 54 of page 2 of 3 of the application.

In the first column of this line, actual
revenues generated by commercial accounts
during the prior year are reported. This year
amount must reconcile with the financial
audit for that same year. Commercial
revenues for the current year are based on
actual revenue to-date plus an estimate of
the revenues that will be received through
the end of the fiscal year. Commercial
revenues in the current year should be
comparable to revenues in the prior year,
after taking into changes in accounts and
service levels.

Projected commercial revenues for the new
base year are entered in the third and fourth
columns. These amounts, net of any projected
uncollectible accounts, are based on the
estimated annual revenues received during
the current fiscal year plus any additional
revenues generated from additional accounts.

Operating data provided in Section VIII
(page 3) of the application should support any
service level changes.

In order to analyze changes in commercial
rates, rate information must be provided for
specific commercial services. These services are:

Bin Service (Compacted
and Uncompacted)
D 2 Yard Bin-once per week
D 3 Yard Bin - once per week
D 4 Yard Bin - once per week
D 5 Yard Bin - once per week
D 6 Yard Bin - once per week.

In the columns of lines 74 through 78, the
franchise hauler enters the rate for these
services for the prior year, the current year,
and the base year, respectively. Percentage
changes then are entered in columns 3 and

6. This information substantiates previously
approved changes in commercial rates.

3. Determine Allowance for Uncollectible
Accounts. The franchise hauler likely will
not be paid by all customers served. While
this amount is expected to be relatively
small, it must be accounted for in the
calculation of base year net revenues. These
amounts are reported in two places for each
service type: on line 50 for the allowance
for uncollectible residential accounts, and
line 53 for the allowance for uncollectible
commercial accounts.

These amounts can be calculated based on a
formula, such as one percent of anticipated
revenues, or based on actual experience.

Assumptions related to the projection of
uncollectible accounts must be documented and
included as a supplement to the application.

4. Determine Transfer Station and RRF
Revenues. Transfer station and RRF
revenues are included in the total revenue
calculation. In the first column of line 55,
actual revenues received during the most
recently completed fiscal year are reported.

In the second column of line 55, estimated
revenues for the current year are reported.

For the base year, transfer station and RRF
revenues are determined by the best estimate
of transfer station and RRF operations
during the new base year. The projected
revenues are reported in the third and fourth
columns of line 5 5 of the application.
2-4 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 519

5. Determine Revenues from Recycled
Material Sales. In addition to revenues
generated through residential and
commercial services, and from the transfer
station and RRF, additional revenues are
generated by selling recyclable materials
collected through the curbside re_cycling
program. The amount of recycling revenues
generated through the sale of these
materials is dependent upon the quantity
of material collected and the market price
for these materials. Both of these factors
are outside direct control of the franchise
hauler. Therefore, revenues generated by
recycled material sales are not subject to
an across-the-board rate changes. Revenues
generated from charging residential
customers for curbside recycling services
should not be included here, but should
be included as part of residential revenues
(#1 above).

In the first column of line 56, actual
revenues received during the most recently
completed fiscal year are reported. In the
second column of line 56, estimated
revenues for the current year are reported.

For the base year, revenues from recycled
material sales are determined by projecting
scrap prices for recycled materials and the
anticipated quantity of materials sold. The
projected scrap prices are multiplied by the
projected volume of materials to be sold
to determine projected recycled materials
sales revenues. These projected revenues are
reported in the third and fourth columns of
line 56 of the application.

6. Calculate Total Revenues. The calculation
of total revenue is as follows:

Total residential revenues (Line 51)
Plus Total commercial revenues (Line 54)
Plus Transfer station and
RRF revenues (Line 55)
Plus Recycled material sales (Line 56)
Equals Total revenues.

Total revenues are entered on line 57.
c. Prppare Operating Information
During this task, non-financial operating
information is compiled by the franchise hauler.

Operating information, requested in the application,
provides an important indicator of the franchise
hauler's performance. If costs are changing at an
unusual rate, operating data may provide some
explanation of these changes. For example, cost
increases could be attributed to the increased level of service provided (i.e., accounts served). The franchise hauler should provide the following information:
• Number of accounts
• Quantity of refuse tonnage collected
• Quantity of recycling tonnage collected
• Quantity of yard waste tonnage collected
• JPA bins provided.

Similar to cost data, the first year is "historical,"
the second year is the "current" year, and the third
year is the "base" year. Historical data are based
on actual annual operating statistics during the most
recently complete fiscal year and reflect the same
year used in the financial sections of the application.

Current year performance is based on performance
to-date plus estimated performance for the
remaining months of the current year. Projected
base year data represents the franchise hauler's best
projection of service levels during the new base year.

Year-to-year percentage changes then are
determined for each set of operating metrics. The
franchise hauler should be able to explain any
significant changes. A significant change in an
operating characteristic is an increase or decrease
of more than two (2) percent.

This information allows both the JPA, and the
franchise hauler, to monitor changes in the service
characteristics, estimate total revenues at existing
rates, and compare these to changes in total costs.

The franchise hauler should identify to the JPA
any operating information submitted as part of the
application that it considers confidential.
2-5
520
d. Calculate Allowable Operating Profit
For the historical year of actual data, the
franchise hauler will calculate the actual operating
ratio based on the formula below:

Divided bv
- Equals
Total allowable costs
Total allowable costs plus
Operating profit
Operating ratio.

These actual operating ratios on allowable costs
will reveal how well past base year projections
corresponded to actual results. Similarly, the
formula estimated above is used to calculate the
operating ratio for the current year (column 2).

The actual operating profit received by the
franchise hauler in the most recently completed
fiscal year is entered on line 13, column 1. The
estimated operating profit for the current fiscal
year also is entered on line 13, column 2.

To calculate the allowable operating profit in
the base year, the equation below is utilized:

Allowable operating costs
Divided by Operating ratio
Equals Allowable operating revenues
Minus Allowable operating costs
Equals Allowable operating profit.

The allowable operating profit is entered on line
13, columns 3 and 4 of the application.

In each base year, the operating ratio will range
as shown in Exhibit 1-1, which will help stabilize
rate changes and afford the franchise hauler an
incentive to reduce costs.
e. Determine Franchise Fee
The calculation of the franchise fee is not a
straightforward exercise because as revenue is
increased (e.g., via a rate change), so does the
amount of franchise fees increase because
franchise fees are based on a percent of gross
revenues. To calculate the franchise fee for the
base year requires the hauler to calculate the
franchise fee to be paid to each jurisdiction based
on the revenues after a rate change is applied.

Projected franchise fees should be entered on
line 59, columns 3 and 4 of the application.
f. Calculate Revenue Requirement
The revenue requirement establishes the level
of revenues needed to meet all allowable costs
and operating profit. This includes residential
and commercial waste and recycling costs, and
assumes a reasonable profit margin based on the
operating ratio calculation.

Total revenue requirement (without franchise
fees) is determined as the sum of:
• Allowable operating costs (Line 12)
• Allowable operating profit (Line 14)
• Pass through costs (Line 20).

The revenue requirement (without franchise fees)
is entered on line 21 of the application.
g. Calculate Net Surplus/Shortfall
and Percent Change in Rates
The net surplus/shortfall is determined based
on the following calculation:

Revenue requirement (Line 21)
Less Total revenues (Line 57)
Plus Residential and Commercial
Franchise Fees (Line :!2)
Equals Net surplus/shortfall (Line 60).

The projected amount of revenue generated
during the base year from the sale of recycled
materials was calculated in Step 1, #5 of
subsection b.; therefore, any increase or decrease
in revenues required must come from an increase
or decrease in rates.
2-6 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 521
If applicable, the percent change in existing
rates is calculated as follows:

Net surplus/shortfall (Line 60)
Divided by Total revenues without change
(Line 61)
Equals Percent change in rates (Line 62).

The percent change in rates is entered on line 62
of the application.
h. Calculate New Percentage
Rate Change and Rates
If applicable, the percentage rate change
identified on page 2 of 3, line 62 should be
entered on page 1 of 3, line 1 of the Base Year Rate
Application. Current residential rates for solid
waste collection should be entered on page 1 of 3.

The adjusted rates for each jurisdiction then are
calculated by multiplying the current rate by one
plus the rate change identified in line 1.

To determine new residential rates on page 1
of 3, column one should be added to column two
and the result should be entered in column three.

This column provides the new rate schedule.

Complete current and revised commercial rate
schedules should be provided by the hauler as an
attachment to the application.

1. Prepare and Submit Rate Application
The franchise hauler submits the completed Base
Year Rate Application to the JPA. The application
should include the following items:
• Management Representation Letter.

The management representation letter
transmits the application to the JPA, and
should provide a listing of included
documents. The letter should identify the
requested adjustment in rates and include
a discussion of specific issues which impact
new rates (e.g., significant increases in
labor costs). The letter should state that:

D Management reviewed and accepts
responsibility for the rate application
D The application is based upon
management's judgment of the most likely
set of conditions and course of action
D All significant relevant information
are made available
D Assumptions are reasonable and
are accurate.

An authorized representative from the franchise
hauler should sign and date the application.

This signature provides a certification of the
franchise hauler that the application is
complete, accurate, and consistent with the
instructions provided in this manual.
• Base Year Rate Application. The franchise
hauler should provide a Base Year Rate
Application, including completed application
forms and supporting documentation.

Supporting documentation includes the
current and proposed rate schedules for
residential and commercial customers.
• Supplemental Audited Financial
Information. For applications received after
2010, audited financial statements for the
most recently completed fiscal year should
be included, as well as other documentation
which support operating and financial data
provided in the application. Because audited
financial statements serve as base documents
for the application, statements of revenues,
expenses, and other reports contained in the
application shall be reconciled to the audited
financial statements to provide assurance
that all activities are accounted for.

Once the application materials have been
prepared, the franchise hauler submits
three (3) reproducible hard copies and
one disk copy formatted to the JPA's
specifications. They are submitted to
the JPA. The thirty (30) day review for
completeness will begin upon receipt of
the application.
2-7
522
B. Step 2 - Verify Completeness
of Rate Application
Responsibility: JPA
Timing: Completed within thirty (30) days
after the rate application is submitted
Tasks: a. Verify Financial Data and Format
b. Verify Supporting Documents
and Schedules
c. Notify Franchise Hauler.

Overview
During this step, the JPA ensures that the
application has been fully completed by the
franchise hauler and that the data provided are
consistent. During the 30-day period, the JPA will
obtain from the franchise hauler any information
necessary to complete the application.
a. Verify Financial Data and Format
The JPA staff reviews the application package
to determine if it is complete and ready for
analysis. Detailed analysis of the contents of the
application occurs during Step 3.

The JPA reviewer should determine the following:
• Has the applicant included all required forms?
• Are all forms complete?
• Are audited financial statements included?
• Are all financial calculations
mathematically correct?
b. Verify Supporting Documents
and Schedules
Various documents may be included in the
application package to support the rate change.

The purpose of these supporting documents
should be clearly identified by the franchise hauler.
c ~otify Fnnchise Hauler
If the application is complete, the JPA will notify
the franchise hauler that it will begin the process of
evaluating the application. If incomplete, the JPA
will attempt to obtain from the hauler additional
required information within the 30-day verification
period. A revision of rates shall not be authorized
until the l " day of the first calendar month
following a six (6) month period from the date
that an application is verified to be complete.

C. Step 3 - Review Rate Application
and Prepare Response
Responsibility: JP A
Timing: Completed within one and one half
(1 Yz) months after determining that
the application package is complete
Tasks: a. Review Actual and Projected
Revenue Requirements
b. Review Actual and Projected Revenues
c. Review and Verify Operating Ratio
d. Determine Components of
Requested Change in Rates
e. Review Performance Data
f. Request Additional Data and
Clarification, if Necessary
g. Document Staff Review.

Overview
During this step, JPA staff evaluates the entire
rate application. This review includes examining
significant changes in costs or operating
performance and evaluating explanations of
these changes provided by the franchise hauler.
a. Review Actual and Projected
Revenue Requirements
In this task, costs and operating profits are
reviewed and analyzed for reasonableness.

Reconciliations of costs to audited financial
statements are checked for consistency. Explanations
2-8 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 523
are sought from the franchise hauler for items
significantly different than would otherwise 1
normally be expected.

Percentage changes in costs for the three years
identified on the application should be calculated
and reviewed. Projections prepared from previous
years in prior Base Year Rate Applications are
compared with actual results. Costs are correlated
with operating collection efficiency statistics
provided by the franchise hauler.

Any unusual trends or variances in aggregate
areas should be explained by the franchise hauler.

An unusual increase would be a change in cost
which is greater than the change in the Trash and
Garbage Collection CPI, published by the Bureau
of Labor Statistics, and which cannot be attribured
to changes in the number of customers serviced or
tons of waste or recyclable materials collected. If
these unusual changes are not adequately explained
in the application, the JPA should request
additional clarification from the franchise hauler.

The JPA should review the allocation
methodology used by the franchise hauler to
allocate costs between ( 1) franchise areas that are
the subject of this manual, and (2) non-JPA areas
serviced by STR. At a minimum, the JPA should
check that allocations used to assign costs to
franchise area customers are reasonably consistent
with other operating metrics such as average
number of accounts and tons collected.
b. Review Actual and Projected Revenues
The JPA should review actual and projected
revenues in this task. Current rates provided in
the application are verified. Any changes in the
number of customers serviced should be identified
and explained by the franchise hauler.

The application requires the franchise hauler
to report three years of revenues: (1) actual prior
year, (2) estimated current year, and (3) projected
"base" year. For applications received after 2010,
the JPA should reconcile the most recent year
revenues with audited financial statements.

Revenues for the current year are compared with
year-to-date un-audited financial statements and
documentation supplied by the franchise hauler.

Projected revenues for the third, or "base" year,
are evaluated by the JPA for reasonableness.

Assumptions made by the hauler in preparing these
projections are reviewed. Revenues reported by the
franchise hauler should not include any rate changes
in the base year (year 3). Account information
included in the application is reviewed to determine
changes in the number of accounts served.

Allowances for uncollectible accounts also are
reviewed. These figures should be deducted from
total revenue projections. These allowances may
be based on a fixed percentage of total revenues
or on actual experience. Assumptions related to
allowances for uncollectible accounts should be
reviewed with the franchise hauler.

Revenues from recyclable material sales are
provided in the application. Amounts identified
in the prior (first) year provided should reconcile
with the financial audit. Amounts identified in
the current (second) year, the base (third) year
should be documented by the franchise hauler.

The JPA will review these projections to ensure
they are consistent with trends in recycling
collection costs, scrap values, processing costs,
as well as estimated diversion rates and tonnage.
c. Review and Verify Operating Ratio
The operating profit must be determined for the
base year. The JPA should calculate the projected
operating profit for the base year using the first
formula provided in Exhibit 1-1. For El Dorado
County, if the operating ratio is outside the 87 to 91
percent range, then the operating ratio should be
reset to 89 percent. If there are any errors by the
hauler in calculating the operating ratio, or allowable operating profits, these deficiencies are noted.
2-9
524
d. Determine Components of
Requested Change in Rates
The ]PA evaluates all costs, revenues, and
operating profits provided in the application to
determine components of the requested adjustment
in rates. This would include determining the
proportion of the requested adjustment in rates
which is due to changes in each of the following:
• Costs
• Residential revenues
• Commercial revenues
• Transfer station and RRF revenues
• Recyclable material sales revenues
• Operating profit (or loss).
e. Review Performance Data
The ]PA reviews and analyzes performance data,
which are included in the application (the number
of accounts and tons collected). Operating statistics
are reviewed to explain past historical trends and
justify future expenses. Both actual and percentage
increases are examined and any unusual changes
in performance are investigated to determine
their cause and effect on future cost performance.

Changes in accounts served, the number of routes,
tons collected, or direct labor hours generally
should correspond to changes in costs and revenues.
f. Request Additional Data and
Clarification, if Necessary
Throughout the analysis of the application, The
]PA may request clarification and/or additional
data from the franchise hauler to explain any
unusual changes in costs or operating performance.

The ]PA may have identified missing information,
or changes in the financial or operating data
between the three years which require clarification
or further explanation. The franchise hauler
should respond to the JPA's request for additional
information within two weeks. Responses will vary
depending on the specific requirements of the JP A.
g Document Staff Review
During this task, the ]PA prepares workpaper
documentation of the review of the Base Year
Rate Application.

D. Step 4 - Prepare Draft Report
and Final Report
Responsibility: JPA
Timing: Completed approximately three (3)
months after determining the
application package is complete
Tasks: a. Prepare Draft Report
b. Provide Franchise Hauler
with Copy of Draft Report
and Receive Comments
c. Prepare Final Report.

Overview
A draft report with recommendations from ]PA
staff is prepared and submitted to the franchise
hauler for review. The franchise hauler will review
the draft report. The franchise hauler will have
an opportunity to provide written comments
regarding the draft report. The ]PA will address
these comments and prepare a Final Report.
a. Prepare Draft Report
In this step, the ]PA prepares a Draft Report
including recommendations for a rate change.

The draft report includes the following sections:
• Executive Summary. This is a one or twopage summary of the review process and may include a chart showing current and proposed
rates, and the recommended rate change.
• Introduction and Background. The
section identifies any proposed changes in
services provided by the franchise hauler.

The section also identifies the review goals,
objectives, scope, and other relevant
background information. This section
of the report may provide a brief overview
2- 10 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 525
of the rate change process and a discussion
of significant historical rate issues. If
applicable, this report will document the
rate change proposed by the JPA.
• Analysis and Discussion of Rate
Application. This section of the report
will include a review of the analysis work
completed by JPA staff. This section
might include the following subsections:

D Review of Rate Changes, including a
discussion of interim year rate changes
since the last base year, the relationship
of these changes to changes in the
Garbage and Trash Collection CPI, and
an analysis of the significant components
of the change in rates (e.g., changes in
labor costs.)
D Analysis of Projected Costs, including a
discussion of any unusual changes in
costs which were discovered and
unresolved during the review process.

D Discussion of Service Issues, including
changes in frequency or type of curbside
service. If significant service issues are
not involved with a rate change, this
subsection would be omitted.
• Recommendations. JPA staff would
present its recommendations regarding
specific changes in rates in this section of
the document.
• Appendices. Appendices to the report
would include:

D Rate application
D Revised rate schedule
D Audited financial statements of the
franchise hauler
D Other relevant supporting materials
provided by the franchise hauler.
b. Provide Franchise Hauler with Copy of
Draft Report and Receive Comments
During this task, the franchise hauler will
review the drafr report. Each section of the report
should be reviewed to ensure that correct data are
included, the JPA's analysis is consistent with the
methodology, and if applicable the proposed rate
change is determined accurately.

If any issues are identified during this step,
the franchise hauler works with JPA staff to fully
explore and resolve these outstanding issues.

The franchise hauler then will prepare a written
response to the draft report. The response may
cover one or more of the following topics:
• If data discrepancies exist in any of the
areas noted in the prior task, the JPA
should be notified of these discrepancies.
• If the analysis conducted by the JPA can
be clarified or considered differently, this
information should be provided to the JPA.
• If the report is acceptable and no
clarification or comments can be offered,
this should be relayed to the JPA.

If no written response is received by the JPA
within two weeks of delivering the JPA's Draft
Report, then the JP A will assume that the
franchise hauler has no issues with the report.
c. Prepare Final Report
Any additional or outstanding comments or
issues raised during the franchise hauler's review
of the draft report are addressed. If necessary,
meetings are conducted with representatives from
the JPA and the franchise hauler. Final solutions
to outstanding issues are included in the report.

After final comments from the franchise hauler
have been considered, the Final Report package is
prepared. A copy of the Final Report is submitted
to the franchise hauler.
2-11
526
E. Step 5 - Present Final Report
toJPABoard
Responsibility: JPA
Timing: Completed two (2) months prior to the
expected implementation of new rates
Tasks: a. Distribute Final Report and
Summary to JPA Board
b. Obtain JPA Board Recommendation.

Overview
During this step, the Final Report is presented
to the JPA Board for review, comment, and for a
recommendation to the three jurisdictions.
a. Distribute Final Report and
Summary to JPA Board
In this task, the Final Report is provided to
members of the JPA Board. The report is included
as an agenda item for JPA Board consideration
at a regular JPA Board meeting. The rate change
may be placed on either the regular or consent
calendar. The JPA Board Clerk should be notified
four ( 4) weeks prior to the meeting at which the
rate change will be considered and reports should
be provided two (2) weeks prior to the meeting.

The JPA Board Clerk should follow applicable
public noticing requirements, so affected customers
can participate at the Board meeting.
b. Obtain JPA Board Recommendation
The JPA Board members review the report
and proposed rate changes. If the JP A Board
agrees with the recommendations of JPA staff,
the JPA Board recommends the rate change and
rares to the three jurisdictions. If the JPA Board
does not agree with staff recommendations, the
report is returned to JPA staff for additional
analysis. If the JPA Board does nor recommend
the report and rates, the JPA Board should
specifically identify deficiencies.

F. Step 6 - Notify Customers of
Rate Hearing
Responsibility: City and Counties
Timing: Completed 10 days prior to City
Council and County Board meetings
Tasks: a. Prepare Notification of Public
Hearing for Rate Change.

Overview
During this step, the City and Counties notify
customers of the rare setting hearing.
a. Prepare Notification of Public Hearing
for Rate Change
Once the JPA Board has recommended the
report and rares, the jurisdictions will notify
customers chat a rate hearing will occur. This
notification will occur prior to the City and
County rate hearing(s) where each jurisdiction
will consider whether to approve the JPA
recommended rates.

G. Step 7 - Receive Approval from
City Council and County Boards
Responsibility: City and Counties
Timing: Completed one (1) month prior to
expected implementation of new rates
Tasks: a. Distribute Final Report to City
and Counties
b. Obtain City and County Approvals.

Overview
During chis step, the respective cities and
counties within the JPA present the Final Report
for review and approval by their respective city
council and county boards.
2-12 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 527
a. Distribute Final Report to
City and Counties
In this task, the Final Report is provided to
the City of South Lake Tahoe, El Dorado County,
and Douglas County for review and approval.

The report is included as an agenda item for
consideration at a regular public meeting. The
clerk of each respective jurisdiction should follow
applicable public noticing requirements.
b. Obtain City and County Approvals
The City of South Lake Tahoe City Council,
the El Dorado County Board of Supervisors, and
the Douglas County Board of Commissioners
review the report and recommended rate
changes. If the rate changes are approved, they
are implemented. 2
2 Douglas County's rates are subject to a voter-passed initiative that requires the approval of the voters if the rate will increase by ten percent or more. The rate adjustments provided for in this manual are therefore subject to the Douglas County Code and Douglas County will not be in violation of its agreement with STR if a rate adjustment is not approved because it fails to obtain the required voter approval.

H. Step 8 - Implement New Rates
Responsibility: Franchise hauler
Timing: Conducted following City Council
and County Board approval of the
new rates
Tasks: a. Implement Rate Change.

Overview
During this final step, the franchise hauler
implements new rates, if applicable.
a. Implement Rate Change
During this final task, the new rates are
entered into the franchise hauler's billing system
and included in the billing cycle. If a rate change
occurs during the middle of a billing cycle,
unbilled or overbilled amounts are calculated
and included in the next billing cycle.
2-13
528
[This page intentionally left blank.]
2-14 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 529
Section 3
Interim Year Rate Setting Process
530

3. Interim Year Rate
Setting Process
This section describes each of the four (4) steps of the interim year rate setting process. Each step includes an overview of the step and a detailed description of the tasks required to complete the step. The section includes four (4) subsections:

A. Step 1 - Prepare and Submit Rate Application
B. Step 2 - Prepare Draft Report and Final Report
C. Step 3 - Receive Approval from City Council and County Boards D. Step 4 - Implement New Rates.

A. Step 1 - Prepare and Submit Rate Application
Responsibility: Franchise hauler
Timing: Completed four (4) months prior to the implementation of the new rates Tasks: a. Prepare an Interim Year Rate Application
b. Submit Application to JPA.

Overview
During this first step, the franchise hauler prepares the Interim Year Rate Application.

Blank application forms are provided in Appendix A (Exhibit A-2). Similar to the base year forms, these forms identify all areas to be completed with double outlined boxes. If data are to be entered in the form, the box has no shading. If a calculation is required, the box has light shading.
a. Prepare an Interim Year Rate Application

1. Report Changes in Landfill Disposal Costs. The first task is to provide prior year landfill disposal costs. Prior year landfill tipping fees per ton should be entered on line 1. Prior year landfill tonnage should be entered on line 2. The values entered on lines 1 and 2 should then be multiplied together and entered on line 3.

The franchise hauler estimates what landfill tipping fees and landfill tonnage will be for the next interim year. Projected interim year landfill tipping fees, per ton, are entered on line 4, and projected interim year landfill tonnage is entered on line 5.

The values entered on lines 4 and 5 then are multiplied together and entered on line 6.

The percent change in landfill disposal costs is determined as follows:
line 6 - line 3
line 3.

The result of this equation, rounded to the nearest one decimal place, is entered on line 7.
531

2. Explain Changes in Landfill Disposal
Costs. Any changes in either landfill tipping
fees or tonnage should be fully explained
in this task. For example, if a landfill closes
and the franchise hauler begins using a new
landfill with higher tipping fees, this
information should be disclosed.

Documents which suppon or further explain
any change in costs are provided, as
appropriate. This might include formal
announcements of tipping fee increases
provided by the landfill operator, which will
be paid directly by the franchise hauler.

3. Certify Application. An authorized
representative from the franchise hauler
should sign and date the application.

This signature provides certification by
the franchise hauler that the application
is complete, accurate, and consistent with
the instructions provided in this manual.

At this point, the application should be
complete. The application is submitted
to the JPA for review and calculation of
the rate change, as described in the
following subsection.
b. Submit Application to JPA
The completed application is sent to the JPA
for review and calculation of new rates. The
franchise hauler's application does not include
any new rates; these are determined by the JPA
during Step 2.

B. Step 2 - Prepare Draft Report
and Final Report
Responsibility: JPA
Timing: Completed within two (2) months
of receiving a completed Interim Year
Rate Application
Tasks: a. Identify Consumer Price Index
b. Complete Interim Year Rate Change
Worksheet and Determine New Rates
c. Request Additional Data and
Clarification, if Necessary
cl. Prepare Draft Report
e. Receive Comments from
Franchise Hauler
f. Prepare Final Report.

Overview
The Interim Year Rate Change Worksheet is
used to calculate new interim year rates. This
document is prepared by the JPA after the
franchise hauler has submitted an Interim Year
Rate Application. Interim year rate changes .are
based on a weighted increase in operating and
landfill disposal costs. Inflators for this process
include changes in the Consumer Price Index
(Garbage and Trash Collection CPI) and changes
in landfill disposal costs (documented by the
franchise hauler in the Interim Year Rate
Application). Exhibit A-3 in Appendix A
includes a sample of the two-page worksheet to
be completed by JPA staff.
a. Identify Consumer Price Index
The annual change in the U.S. City Average,
Garbage and Trash Collection, Consumer Price
Index (CPI) provides the single largest factor for
determining new rates during interim years.

Eighty-five (85) percent of the actual change in this
index during the twelve months prior to the date
the Interim Year Rate Application is submitted
to the JPA is used for the actual change in the
methodology. Because a projected change in the
3-2 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 532
CPI is not produced, eighty five (85) percent of the
actual change in CPI for the prior twelve months is
used as the CPI for the interim year. The period
used by the J PA and franchise hauler will be June
to June. This information is available from the
United Scates Department of Labor, Bureau of
Labor Statistics.
b. Complete Interim Year Rate Change
Worksheet and Determine New Rates
JPA staff prepares the Interim Year Rate
Change Worksheet and calculates new rates during
this task. This worksheet requires information
from the most recent Base Year Rate Application
and the current Interim Year Rate Application.

This worksheet also requires the U.S. City Average
Garbage and Trash Collection CPI information
collected in task a. The worksheet is used to
calculate the new rate change.

1. Identify Prior Base Year Operating Costs
(Other Than Landfill Disposal). Operating
costs, excluding landfill disposal costs, are
those items which can be reasonably
managed by the franchise hauler in order to
minimize future rate increases. Changes in
these costs should approximate the change
in the U.S. City Average Garbage and Trash
Collection CPI.

In order to streamline the interim year
process, operating costs are adjusted based
on an annual change in the CPI instead of
projected changes in each cost item. This
eliminates the need to conduct a derailed
review of the franchise hauler's audited
financial statements.

Landfill disposal costs are included in total
allowable costs (line 1). Because of chis, landfill
disposal costs must be deducted to determine
total operating costs (ocher than landfill
disposal) in the base year (line 1 plus line 2
plus line 3 minus line 4). This total then is
entered on line 5 of the worksheet and is used
to calculate the weighted change in operating
costs (ocher than landfill disposal).

2. Identify Prior Base Year Landfill Disposal
Costs. Landfill disposal coses are chose items
over which the franchise hauler has liccle or
no control. Adjustments to landfill disposal
costs during an interim year are based on the
franchise hauler's projections, not projected
changes in the CPI. Total landfill disposal
costs in the prior base year must be
calculated to determine the weighting of
operating costs to landfill disposal coses.

Landfill disposal coses from the base year are
entered in line 6.

3. Calculate Weightings. Total operating costs
(other than landfill disposal) (line 5) plus
total landfill disposal costs (line 6) equals the
total base year revenue requirement. This
total is entered on line 7 of the worksheet.

A weighting for both operating costs (other
than landfill disposal) and landfill disposal
costs is calculated as follows:

Operating Costs
(Other Than Landfill Disposal):

Divided by
Total operating costs (Line 5)
Base year revenue
requirement (Line 7)
Equals Operating costs (other than
landfill disposal), as a percentage of
base year revenue requirement.

This percentage figure is entered on line 5,
column 2, and line 17.

Landfill Disposal Costs:

T oral landfill disposal costs (Line 6)
Divided by Base year revenue
requirement (Line 7)
Equals Landfill disposal costs, as a percentage
of base year revenue requirement.

This percentage figure is entered on line 6,
column 2, and line 20.

4. Calculate Projected Change in Consumer
Price Index. The percent change in the
prior year June to June U.S. City Average
Garbage and Trash Collection, CPI is entered
3-3
533
on line 8. This change in CPI then is adjusted
by multiplying the figure on line 8 by 85
percent and the result entered on line 9.

This adjusted projection of the change in CPI
also is entered on line 18 of the worksheet.

5. Enter Landfill Disposal Cost Information
from Application. The figures on lines 1
through 7 of the application (actual and
projected landfill disposal costs) are entered
in lines 10 though 16, respectively, of the
worksheet. Any significant changes in these
costs are documented by the franchise
hauler. A significant change would be any
increase greater than the change in the CPI,
or a decrease of any amount. If a significant
change has not been adequately explained,
additional information is requested from the
franchise hauler.

6. Review Mathematical Accuracy. The
mathematical accuracy of the franchise
hauler's totals for T oral Prior Year Landfill
Disposal Costs (line 12), and Total Projected
Interim Year Landfill Disposal Costs (line
15) are checked during this task. The percent
change in landfill disposal costs should be
calculated as follows:
line 15 - line 12
line 12.

After the percentage change in landfill
disposal costs has been verified, this figure is
entered in lines 16 and 21 of the worksheet.

7. Calculate Weighted Change in Operating
Costs (Other Than Landfill Disposal).

Figures should have been entered on line 17,
operating costs (other than landfill disposal) as
a percent of base year revenue requirements,
and line 18, the adjusted projected change in
CPI, based on calculations completed in
previous tasks. To obtain the weighted change
in operating costs (other than landfill disposal),
line 17 is multiplied by line 18 and the result
entered on line 19.

8. Calculate Weighted Change in Landfill
Disposal Costs. Line 20, landfill disposal
costs, as a percent of base year revenue
requirements, and line 21, projected change
in landfill disposal costs, should now have
an entry based on calculations completed
in previous tasks. To obtain the weighted
change in landfill disposal costs, line 20 is
multiplied by line 21 and the result entered
on line 22.

9. Calculate Total Change in Cost. To
calculate the total percentage change in costs,
line 19, the weighted change in operating
costs (other than landfill disposal), is added
to line 22, the weighted change in landfill
disposal costs, and the result entered on lines
23 and 26, total percent change in costs.

10. Calculate Franchise Fee Adjustment. In
order to account for changes in the franchise
fee resulting from a change in rates, an
adjustment is made to the percentage change
in total costs which was entered on lines 23
and 26. The adjustment factor is equal to
one minus the franchise fee (1.00 - __ =
__ ).These values should be entered on
lines 24 and 27.

11. Calculate Percent Change in Existing Rates.

The final task in this step is to calculate the
percent changes in existing rates. To determine
these changes, line 23 (total percent change
in costs) is divided by line 24 (franchise fee
adjustment), line 26 (total percent change
in costs) is divided by line 27 (franchise fee
adjustment), and the results are entered on
lines 25 and 28. The values on lines 25 and 28
should be greater than the value on lines 23
and 26. The difference accounts for the
change in franchise fees.

12. Enter Rate Change. The rate change
identified in lines 25 and 28 should be
entered on Page l , line 1 of the worksheet.

13. Calculate New Residential Rates. Current
jurisdiction-specific rates for residential solid
waste collection are entered in column one
on page 1. The new rates (in column three)
then are calculated by multiplying the current
rate by one plus the percentage rate change
identified on line 1. The rate adjustment (or
the difference between the rate in column one
and the rate in column three) is entered in
column two.
3-4 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 534
To verify new rates, column one, lines 2
through 4, should be added to column two
and the result should equal the rate in
column three. This third column provides
the new schedule of residential rates.

The JPA should separately calculate new
commercial rates using the percentage
change in rates.
c. Request Additional Data, and
Clarification, if Necessary
If necessary, JPA staff requests clarification
and/or additional data from the franchise hauler.

The request is to clarify the franchise hauler's
assumptions for projected changes in landfill disposal
costs and to indicate the expected change in rates.
d. Prepare Draft Report
The JPA staff prepares a high level draft report
with recommendations of new rates for JPA
Board consideration. This report should be brief
and include the following sections:
• Executive Summary. This is a summary
of the review process and includes a chart
showing current and proposed rates, and
the recommended rate change.
• Background. This section of the report
provides a brief overview of the rate
change process and discussion of any
significant historical issues.
• Analysis and Discussion oflssues. This
section includes a review of the analysis
work completed by JPA staff. This section
also includes a discussion of any significant
changes in landfill disposal costs and an
identification of the change in CPI
assumed by the JPA.
• Recommendation. The JPA staff presents
its recommendation regarding any change
in rates in this section.
• Attachments. Attachments to the report
would include:

D Rate application
D Revised rate schedule(s)
D Interim Year Rate Change Worksheet.

After the draft report and recommendations
have been prepared, the document should be
submitted to the franchise hauler for comment
and review.
e. Receive Comments from
Franchise Hauler
The franchise hauler reviews the draft report
to ensure that any calculations and analyses
completed by JPA staff are fair, reasonable, and
justified. The franchise hauler reviews the draft
report to ensure the following:
• Correct data are included
• JPA staff analysis is accurate and fair
• Rate changes are reasonable and acceptable.

If any issues are identified during this step,
the franchise hauler works with JPA staff to fully
explore and resolve these outstanding issues.

A written response to the draft report is then
prepared. The response may cover one or more
of the following topics:
• Data discrepancies in any of the areas
noted in the prior task
• Clarification for the JPA or alternative
analysis of the application
• Responses to the JPA's request for
additional information.
f. Prepare Final Report
The JPA prepares the Final Report incorporating
comments from the franchise hauler, as
appropriate. Any comments or issues raised during
the franchise hauler's review of the draft report are
addressed. If necessary, representatives from the
JPA and the franchise hauler should meet to resolve
issues. The report should reflect final solutions to
outstanding issues.
3-5
535
After final comments from the franchise hauler
have been considered, the JPA prepares the Final
Report. The JPA should submit a copy of the
Final Report to the franchise hauler.

C. Step 3 - Receive Approval from
City Council and County Boards
Responsibility: City and Counties
Timing: Completed one month prior to
expected implementation of new rates
Tasks: a. Distribute Final Report to City
and Counties
b. Obtain City and County Approvals.

Overview
During this step, the respective cities and
counties within the JPA present the Final Report
for review and approval by their respective city
council and boards.
a. Distribute Final Report
to City and Counties
In this task, the Final Report is provided to the
City of South Lake Tahoe, El Dorado County,
and Douglas County for review and approval.

The report is included as an agenda item for
consideration at a regular public meeting. The
clerk for each applicable jurisdiction should follow
applicable public noticing requirements so affected
customers can participate at the public meetings.
b Obt· in City and ( ounty Approv·tls
The City of South Lake Tahoe City Council,
the El Dorado County Board of Supervisors, and
the Douglas County Board of Commissioners
review the report and recommended rate
changes. If the rate changes are approved, they
are implemented. If the rate changes are not,
deficiencies are noted, and the report is returned
to the JPA. Step 3 is then repeated. '
D. Step 4- Implement New Rates
Responsibility: Franchise hauler
Timing: Conducted following the approval
of the new rates by the City Council
or County Boards
Tasks: a. Implement Rate Change.

Overview
After new rates have been approved by City
Council and County Boards, the final step in the
process is to implement the new rates.
a. Implement Rate Change
During this final task, the franchise hauler
enters the new rates into their billing system and
includes the new rates on the next appropriate
customer invoice. If a rate change occurs during
the middle of a billing cycle, unbilled or
overbilled amounts are calculated and included in
the next billing cycle.
' Douglas County's rates are subject to a voter-passed initiative that requires the approval of the voters if the rate will increase by ten percent or more. The rate adjustments provided for in this manual are therefore subject to the Douglas County Code and Douglas County will not be in violation of its agreement with STR if a rate adjustment is not approved because it fails to obtain the required voter approval.
3-6 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual 536
Appendix A
Blank Forms and Worksheets
537
Appendix A
Blank Forms and Worksheets
Exhibits A-1 through A-4, on the following pages, include blank base year rate application forms, interim year rate application forms, interim year rate change worksheets, and Consumer Price Index (CPI) percent change calculation example.

This appendix is organized as follows:
• Exhibit A-1 - Base Year Rate Application
• Exhibit A-2 - Interim Year Rate Application
• Exhibit A-3 - Interim Year Rate Change Worksheet.
• Exhibit A-4 - Consumer Price Index (CPI) Percent Change Calculation Example. 538
Exhibit A-1
Sample Bose Year Rote Application
Base Year Rate Application
Summary

1. Rate Ch:snq<'
Percent Rate Change Requested (City of South Lake Tahoe and Douglas County) Percent Rate Change Requested (El Dorado County)
Ram Schedule
(per a.mlomer, per morth) Current Ram Ram AdJU!!!!!Ont New Rate 2 Crty of Sou1h Lake Tahoe
2 1 Unlimil8d M<Vic:e

2.2 Mandabld pockup pet' 321111llon can/bag

2.3 Mandabld ptekup per cubic yard
2 4 Ouaified •nor ram
2 5 HouM •rvice • I can

26. HouseMrvice · 2cana
2 7 House service ~ 3 cans

2.8 Residential · Al other aerv!Cff
3 Oouglas Courrty

3. 1 I , 3211111on can
3 2 2. 321111lon cans

3.3 3, 321111lon cans

3.4 4, 321111lon cans
3 5 One exn 321111lon ctn (aloo the ... oonal Mrvlc<t rate)

3.11 On-cal 3211111on can biled monthly/01Teara

3. 7 Per aJbtc yard
3, 8 1, "5-galon can

3. 9 2, "5-galon cans

3.10 3, "5-galon cans
3 11 One exn 45-galon can (aloo the Maoorml Mnnce ram)
3 12 On-cal 45-galon can biled monthly/arrears

3. 13 Residenoal · Al otlltr Mrvoces
El Dorado County
s •
•
p 'QE
41 4.2 u--Mandated pockup pet' 32.galon can/bag
4 3 Manctabld ptekup P« cubic yard

4.4 Qualifiedaenornne
4 5 HouM •rvice Pef'Cln

4.6 R-noal · Al otlltr aervoces r I' I' I To tilt best of my knowledge, the data and 1nforma1JOn in 1h1t appficallOn 10 compltm. accurate, and consktent Wllh tilt 1nslruciions provided by the Soulh Lake Tahoe BaS1n Wasm Management Authonty Name nt1o
Date
Fiscal Year:

A-2 Solid Waste Rate Setting Policies and Procedures Manual